Home

GM Owner Manuals - Generation Vibe

1. The radio has a theft deterrent feature A red light blinks while the engine is off to indicate the radio is protected It will not operate if it is installed in a different vehicle Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations e Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters display instead of the frequency RDS stations can also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast 179 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada XM offers a large variety of coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather U S subscribers and children s progra
2. L gt 7 Be ee baw z a TE mr he TIT TI A vd eo JER Aes FE TL H MRAN Ze 722 pl ART RN See ha A V dft ey i ZIPS Le y ZIA G One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals 242 Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving e Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip e Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 243 e Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a sm
3. ccceceeeeeee 323 Tire Terminology and Definitions 326 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 338 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 339 Wheel Replacement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 340 Tires cont When It Is Time for New Tires 5 335 Towing Recreational Vehicle ceeeseeeeeeeeeees 259 TOWING a Trailer stscavsstescawuneecesaeeeseasendens 261 YOUR Vehicle 2 5235 eciss ences aina 259 Traction Control System TCS a so 230 Control System Warning Light 168 StabiliTrak System cecrisenestteresscerderiemares 231 Transaxle Fluid AUtOMAtIC ccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 290 Fluid Manual ccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 292 Transaxle Operation Automatic 108 Transaxle Operation Manual 06 111 Trip Odometers ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 160 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 140 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 008 139 U Understanding Radio Reception 218 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 338 431 Vehicle Control ancien a ae 226 Damage Warnings ceseeeesteeeeeeenteeeeees 5 LOAGING M Erde 253 Parking YOUP ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaneees 118 SYMB sireenin treski nnie aannaaien 5 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders oriens e e 411 Vehicle Identification Number VIN eessen 363 Service Part
4. Q Inspect engine accessory drive belts or every 48 months whichever occurs first Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary An Emission Control Service Q Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Inspect for tappet noise and engine vibration Adjust valve clearance to factory specifications if necessary or every 48 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Inspect fuel tank cap cap gasket and lines for damage or leaks or every 24 months whichever occurs first Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnote t Change manual transaxle fluid every 30 000 miles 48 000 km only if your vehicle is used to tow a trailer Change automatic transaxle fluid every 60 000 miles 96 000 km if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher Inhilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions the fluid does not require changing See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 for the proper fluid to use 150 000 Miles 240 000 km Q Drain flush and refill the cooling system or every 5 years whichever occurs first This service
5. eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 320 269 Section 5 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 321 TIES ssas 322 Tire Sidewall Labeling c c 323 Tire Terminology and Definitions 326 Inflation Tire Pressure cesce 329 Tire Pressure Monitor System 330 Tire Inspection and Rotation 333 When It Is Time for New Tires 00 335 Buying N W Tir S c0 ccccccseseeessneetaeenes 336 Different Size Tires and Wheels 337 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 338 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 339 Wheel Replacement cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 340 Tire Cain ede REE cette 341 If a Tire Goes Flat 0 342 Changing a Flat Tire re seen g 343 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 344 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire wevnsczeshncvctessiezseviestiearmasecsectines 346 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 351 Compact Spare Tire sssr 354 270 Service and Appearance Care Appearance Care rererere 354 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 354 Fabrie Carpet siiiiscectsttistnsia sie itestnivivie 356 LG UNO E ct ncn anda SENSE ARS SER FRED LEDENDE 356 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces eneee 357 Care of Safety Belts 2 0 00 ccceeceeeeeeeeee 357 WeatherStripsS arr eres 358 Washing Your Vehicle essees 358 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 358 Finish Care rr arne 358 Windshield
6. A C Air Conditioning Press this button located in the center of the instrument panel to the left of the audio system to turn the air conditioning system on or off When A C is pressed an indicator light in the button comes on to let you know that the air conditioning is activated MAX A C Maximum Air Conditioning Press the A C and recirculation buttons at the same time to select MAX A C On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you might notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal 153 Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from the windshield Use the defog mode to clear the inside of the windshield of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the outside of the windshield more quickly 3 Defog Air is directed between the windshield side windows instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets The air conditioning compressor will run automatically in this setting w
7. Ending Cruise Control There are several ways to turn off the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal or push the clutch pedal if you have a manual transaxle e Press the ON OFF button again e Pull the cruise control lever toward you Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set soeed memory is erased 145 Exterior Lamps ooo ooo ooo ooo ooo 29898 o 288 The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps Exterior Lamps Turn the outside part of the lever with the symbol on it to operate the lamps For vehicles sold in the U S this symbol will appear on the instrument panel cluster when your exterior lamps are on The exterior lamp switch has three positions OFF Turning the switch to this position turns off all lamps except the Daytime Running Lamps DRL 146 Parking Lamps Turning the switch to this position turns on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamp e Instrument Panel Lights A symbol will appear on the instrument panel cluster when your parking lamps are on See Lights On Reminder on page 174 and Taillamp Indicator Light on page 174 for additional information D Headlamps Turning the switch to this position turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights Headlamps on Reminder If
8. Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles 238 e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e f you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all th
9. See StabiliTrak System on page 231 for more information on Vehicle Stability Control System See Traction Control System TCS on page 230 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area the engine is too hot It means that the engine has overheated Pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 297 169 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light j CHECK United States Canada Your vehicle has a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The CHECK ENGINE light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction 170 Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as
10. Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions the fluid does not require changing See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 for the proper fluid to use 65 000 Miles 104 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 70 000 Miles 112 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 381 75 000 Miles 120 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary Q Inspect passenger compartment air filter Q Inspect engine acce
11. steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti lock brakes not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 226 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available 233 An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly 234 Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway
12. For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 405 Roadside Assistance Program In the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 In Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership A person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage 406 The following services are provided in the U S during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period and in Canada during the Base Warranty coverage period of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty up to a maximum coverage of 100 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the customer to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in the U S and 10 litres in Canada Service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service e Lock out
13. That will clear the area around the front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transaxle between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may need to be towed out Or you can use the recovery hook If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 259 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 253 Tire and Loading Information Label VEMBRE DE PLACES ANGISES TOTAL AVANT ARRIER The combined weig of occupants Le poids total des occupants et du chargemer f n
14. can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble TONE Press and release this button until BASS MID midrange or TREB treble displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the tone control can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to increase or to decrease If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble Pressing and holding the TONE button until FLAT displays returns all of the tone controls to the middle position EQ Equalizer Press this button to select customized bass midrange and treble equalization settings Up to six customized equalization settings can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Use the TONE button and the SELECT knob to create the desired equalization 3 Press and hold the EQ button for two seconds SELECT EQ displays and the EQ symbol flashes 4 Press EQ or turn the SELECT knob to select the desired EQ number 5 Press and hold the EQ button to store the equalization
15. information about the proper coolant mixture 302 4 Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the FULL mark 5 Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank but leave the radiator pressure cap off Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck Then replace the pressure cap At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the filler neck reinstall the pressure cap Be sure the ears on the pressure cap are in line with the vent tube 303 Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment on the passengers side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for reservoir location When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 304 How to Check Power Steering Fluid You can check your fluid without taking the cap off Just look at the reservoir e When the engine compartment is hot the level should be betw
16. Always use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transaxle Fluid earlier in this section 292 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the way then press the tab down to lock the dipstick in place Manual Transaxle Fluid When to Check A good time to have your manual transaxle fluid level checked is when the engine oil is changed However the fluid in your manual transaxle does not require changing How to Check Because this operation can be difficult you may choose to have this done at your Pontiac dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage the transaxle Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transaxle to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check the transaxle fluid Check the fluid level only when your engine is off the vehicle is parked on a level place and the transaxle is cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the transaxle case Then follow these steps 1 Remove the filler plug 2 Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of the filler plu
17. At Least Once a Month c ceeeeeeeeeeeees 386 LUBMCAMS orne are 394 At Least Twice a Year 1 W sseeseeeeeereeennee 387 Part E Maintenance Record 00 396 373 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details Maintenance Requirements Maintenance intervals checks inspections and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty 374 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly How This Section is Organized This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services explains what to have done and how often Some of these
18. In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be
19. MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3748 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease
20. Press and hold the SONG LIST button to save the track into memory When SONG LIST is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing the SONG LIST button two beeps sound to confirm the track has been saved 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for saving other selections S LIST FULL displays if you try to save more than 20 selections To play the song list press the SONG LIST button One beep sounds and S LIST displays The recorded tracks begins to play in the order they were saved Seek through the song list by using the SEEK SCAN arrows Seeking past the last saved track returns to the first saved track 208 To delete tracks from the song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the SONG LIST button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press the SEEK SCAN arrows to select the desired track to be deleted 4 Press and hold the SONG LIST button for two seconds When SONG LIST is pressed one beep sounds After two seconds of continuously pressing the SONG LIST button two beeps sound to confirm the track has been deleted After a track has been deleted the remaining tracks are moved up the list When another track is added to the song list the track is added to the end of the list To delete the entire song list perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on 2 Press the SONG LIST button to turn song list on S LIST displays 3 Press and hold the S
21. Q Inspect engine accessory drive belts or every 48 months whichever occurs first Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary An Emission Control Service 383 110 000 Miles 176 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 115 000 Miles 184 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 384 120 000 Miles 192 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace engine air cleaner filter or every 24 months whichever occurs first See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 288 for more information Q Replace passenger compartment air filter
22. VOLUME Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume RCL Recall Press this button to display the current radio station frequency While the ignition is off press this button to display the time To change the default on the display press the RCL button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display is now the default Finding a Station AM FM Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The selection displays TUNE Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK gt Press the right or the left arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there The radio only seeks stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band kK SCAN gt Press and hold either SCAN arrow for two seconds until SC displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds PRESET SCAN displays and a double beep sounds The radio goes to a preset station stored on the pushbuttons plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio only scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1
23. Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only ina crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called event data recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about safety belt usage If your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak steering performance including yaw rate steering wheel angle and lateral acceleration is also recorded Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to
24. abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs 27 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 28 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 29 Q What is wrong with this a A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it ie ry aly A The belt is twisted across the body 30 To unlatch the belt p
25. amp PWR PUSH RO A MP3 2 TUNE O seLecr tone co Pape ino J SESS J Taa The radio has a theft deterrent feature A red light blinks while the engine is off to indicate the radio is protected It will not operate if it is installed in a different vehicle Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations e Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or the call letters display instead of the frequency RDS stations can also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast Playing the Radio PWR Power Push this knob to turn the system on and off VOL Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume
26. drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 294 Engine Coolant 3 G ae Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid 394 Usage Fluid Lubricant Windshiel i Men ent GM Optikleen Washer Solvent Power Steering DEXRON VI Automatic System Transmission Fluid Manual Transaxle Automatic Transaxle Key Lock Cylinders Manual Transaxle Shift Linkage GM Goodwrench Synthetic Manual Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 12346190 in Canada 10953477 1 quart or SAE 75W 90 GL 5 gear oil Use only T IV Automatic Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 88900925 in Canada 22689186 See Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 290 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Usage Fluid Lubricant Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Clutch Linkage Pivot Points Floor Shift Lin
27. durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and
28. eee 357 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeee 361 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 358 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 354 Fabhic Canpet si rater ES Ad aen 356 Finish Cale seisscevecdeiarecestsnciotsivaveeeenelnecees 358 Finish Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 361 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces aeee 357 Leather cscs secthveseesatceesanastuedeeastndeesabinwndies 356 Sheet Metal Damage o n 360 HELLE SEES A A E 360 Underbody Maintenance n 361 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 362 Washing Your Vehicle lecce 358 Weatherstrips W u u sseseeeeereeeeen senere rr nnnee 358 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades 5 5 sneen eds 359 ASHtAW S cees sone ss en re an aa ASS 151 Audio System S cceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 177 Care of Your CD Player a e 219 Care of Your CDS cccceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeees 219 Fixed Mast Antenna isses 219 Radio with CD arsen 179 188 Radio with Six Disc CD a 198 Setting the Time essees 178 Understanding Radio Reception 218 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 219 Automatic Headlamp System n s 147 Automatic Transaxle PWG wets En ae T ENE ENKER 290 Operation 55 egen Ehe eee daer 108 B Battery ss Een 309 Before Leaving on a Long Trip esce 244 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS 227 EM rgencies scececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenes 229 Panic ASSISt sz isc
29. parking brake and shift into PARK P for an automatic transaxle or REVERSE R for a manual transaxle 5 Release the regular brakes 267 When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks 268 Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid don t overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 297 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE oriana ie aert EaR 272 Accessories and Modifications 0 272 California Proposition 65 Warning 273 Doing Your Own Service Work 65 273 A
30. press and release this button until FADE displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To return all speaker settings to the middle position press and hold the BAL FADE button for two seconds Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS and XM To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press PROG TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press either SEEK arrow to select the PTY and take you to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY and the PTY is displayed press either SEEK arrow once If the PTY is not displayed press either SEEK arrow twice to display the PTY and then to go to another station 5 Press PROG TYPE to exit program type select mode If PTY times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio searches for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements A SCAN V Scan the stations within a PTY by performing the following 1 Press PROG TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY displays press and hold either SCAN arrow and the radio begins scanning the stations in the PTY 4 Press
31. s booklet included with your maintain the recommended pressure vehicle Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 CAUTION Continued 322 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger car tire and a compact spare tire sidewall 70R15 S 95 5 DOT MAL gap x aS 1 ey m K o at Passenger Car Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Trans
32. six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press AM FM to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 199 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble AUDIO Push and release the AUDIO knob until BASS MID midrange or TREB treble displays Turn the knob to increase or to decrease the tone If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble To adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position select BASS MID or TREB and push and hold the AUDIO knob The radio beeps once and adjusts the display level to the middle position To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker controls display CENTERED displays and a beep sounds AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press this button to select customized equalization settings designed for country jazz talk pop rock and classical To return to the manual mode press the AUTO EQ button until CUSTOM displays Then manually adjust the bass midrange and treble using the AUDIO knob 200 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade
33. the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels 360 Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow remo
34. the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service On manual transaxle vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL N push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 114 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service 389 Ignition Transaxle Lock Check Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle While parked and with the parking brake set try Park P Mechanism Check to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever
35. the system automatically turns on fn SS If it stays on or comes on while you are driving there is a problem with your traction control system This light should come on briefly when you start the engine 230 The TRAC OFF button is located to the left of the steering wheel below the instrument panel cluster TRAC OFF When getting the vehicle out of mud or newly fallen snow turn off the traction control system The system that controls engine performance interferes with the process of freeing the front wheels To turn off traction control press the TRAC OFF button The traction control system warning light will come on The vehicle stability control system StabiliTrak is always activated even when the traction control system is turned off To turn the traction control system back on press the TRAC OFF button again The traction control system warning light will go off See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 168 for more information Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 272 for more information StabiliTrak System Your vehicle may have this feature The StabiliTrak system helps provide integrated control of the systems such as anti lock brake system traction control and engine control This system automatically controls the brakes and engine to help prevent the vehicle from skidding when cornering on a slippery
36. the windshield The spray will continue until you release the lever The wipers will run a few times See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 305 The knob automatically returns from the position after you release it A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision 142 Rear Window Wiper Washer Turn the knob up or down as far as it will go to squirt washer fluid on the rear window The knob automatically returns from these positions after it is released The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer However the rear window washer will run out of fluid before the windshield washer If you can wash the windshield but not the rear window check the fluid level A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Cruise Control If your vehicle has cruise control the lever is located on the right side of the steering 6 wheel Cruise control lets you maintain a speed of 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not
37. you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time 226 Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever
38. 156 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 155 GIOCK iioi ainina nadn aan aa OAE EA 178 Clutch Hydrauliske 293 Coinholder S cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Collision Damage Repair 0 ceeeee 412 Compact Spare Tire eee 354 Content Theft Deterrent cere 100 Control of a Vehicle eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 226 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage ceeeeee 169 Heater Engine 0ccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 106 Cooling System cceeeeeeeetttteeeeeeeeeees 299 Cruise Control ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 143 Cruise Control Light ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 174 Cupholder s cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeateeeeeeeeeees 127 421 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation cesses Customer Assistance for Text Telephone ETY USET sesccsasttagasenttcesavecntexacanetenetyy Customer Assistance Offices 0 Customer Satisfaction Procedure GM Mobility Reimbursement Program Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors cc ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 0 ccceeeeees Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 005 Roadside Assistance Program 06 Service Publications Ordering Information ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees Daytime Running
39. AUDIO To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers push and release the AUDIO knob until BAL balance displays Turn the knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers To adjust the fade between the front and rear speakers push and release the AUDIO knob until FAD fade displays Turn the knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers To adjust the balance and the fade to the middle position select balance or fade and push and hold the AUDIO knob The radio beeps once and adjusts the display level to the middle position To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone or speaker controls display CENTERED displays and a beep sounds Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS RDS features are available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information With RDS the radio can do the following e Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type of programming e Receive announcements concerning local and national emergencies e Display messages from radio stations e Seek to stations with traffic announcements This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio
40. Charging System Electronic Fuel Injection System Turn Signal Lamps Emergency HORN Interior Lights Gauges and Meters Audio System Remote Keyless Entry System Navigation System If Equipped MAIN Starter System AM2 Fuse Audio System Empty SPARE SPARE SPARE ETCS 367 Usage Relays sage MAYDAY __ OnStar System ABS NO 1 ABS NO 2 RDI FAN HEAD Headlamps FOG Heater AM1 POWER ALT DOOR ECU B TAIL STOP DIMMER Headlamp Dimmer P POINT INV OBD Fuses HORN Charging System FAN NO 2 Cooling Fan System HEAD RH Right hand Headlamp Headlamp FAN NO 1 Cooling Fan System High Beam Indicator Lamp Electronic Fuel Injection System HEAD LH Left hand Headlamp Fog Lamps 368 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Application For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information Cooling System Pp eot 65L e Engine Oil with Filter 4 2L Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Fuel Tank 50 0 L Transaxle Fluid Automatic Transaxle Manual Transaxle Wheel Nut Torque All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 Engine Specifications VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 1 8L L4 fF 00 08 Automatic an
41. Continued e Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening From the outside use your key or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information If your vehicle has power door locks open the driver s door by turning the key in the lock toward the rear of the vehicle Turning the key back toward the center then toward the rear again will unlock all of the doors Using the key in the passenger s door will also unlock all of the doors Lock a door by turning the key toward the front of the vehicle If you have power door locks all the doors will lock There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle 93 To manually lock the door from the inside press the knob on the door forward To unlock the door press the knob rearward With manual locks you must use the key to lock and unlock the liftgate 94 Power Door Locks If your vehicle has this feature the power door lock switch is located on the armrest of the drivers and front passenger s door Power Door Lock Press the top of the s
42. D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 294 How to Check and Add Fluid Check to make sure that the fluid level is at or above the MIN mark If the level is below the MIN mark see the instructions on the reservoir cap Engine Coolant Your vehicle was factory filled with a coolant developed to last for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first When coolant is added or changed use DEX COOL coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 297 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do
43. DIVING ae ar re EAEE 242 Freeway Driving M G ssssseeserenerere renerne rnne 243 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 1 1 W1 W1 1 244 Highway Hypnosis 245 Hill and Mountain Roads 246 Winter DIVING ivstoesssttecestexeareaseuveadetaaenceseys 248 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lc OF SHOW teisiasi aae 252 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 253 Loading Your Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeeees 253 TOWING sesistieecciieteie ea renee 259 Towing Your Vehicle cecce 259 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 259 Towing a Trailer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeee 261 221 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive Driving Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads The best advice anyone can give about driving is or expressways it means Always expect Drive defensively the unexpected Assume that pedestrians Please start with a very important safety device in or other drivers are going to be careless your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They and make mistakes Anticipate what they Are for Everyone on page 78 might do and be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more
44. Mirror cccccceeee eee Outside Remote Control Mirrors MPS etcetera tice cen ee Poo tue ENTRE DTT MYyGMLink ComM essre N New Vehicle Break In c eee Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Odometer eye anan ele raden 160 Odometers Tip ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 160 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 234 Oil ENGINE sineira diaii 284 Pressure LIQKt 4 cen iesnas 173 Older Children Restraints cccccceeeeeees 37 Online Owner Center cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 403 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 123 Other Warning Devices ceeereeeeeee 138 Outlet Adjustment o on 155 Outlet s Accessory Power ssec 150 Outside Convex Mirror ccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 123 Remote Controls Mirrors ceecee 122 Overdrive Off arrene 111 Overdrive Off Light eseese 174 Owners Canadian cccccccceccceeeseeeeeecueeeeees 3 427 Paint Damage Panic Brake Assist Park P Shifting Into Shifting Out of Parking Brake senan cakes ataumehiesmcaesdncnte Over Things That Burn Parking Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services Part B Owner Checks and Services Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Part E Maintenance Record 008 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Passen
45. Parking LAMPS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 316 High Low Beam Changer scene 140 ON REMINGCE se cccssccce save cccteneeadnessshwweueadee sey 146 Pedlar eenen rene 152 Height Adjuster Driver Seat 00 eeeeeee 9 Highbeam On Light 0 eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 175 Highway Hypnosis 245 Hill and Mountain Roads n a 246 Hood Checking Things Under eeee 280 Rolda nrnna 280 FIOM E E E E E E 138 How to Use This Manual 4422260 nnrne 4 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 Hydraulic Clutch 2 0 2 2 rer 293 Ignition POSITIONS 5 sr id ned ake Infants and Young Children Restraints Inflation Tire Pressure neeese Inspection Brake System cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees Engine Cooling System 0 cceeceeeee Exhaust System cececeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeee Fuel System Part C Periodic Maintenance Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Throttle System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee Instrument Panel OVEIVIOW sicsscoatitsdectaneuieasesveveastcncveesnaniewens cs Storage ALCS inmensa Keene Instrument Panel I P BriQhtneSs 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees GIUSTO seci E ES Interior Lamps Control ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees JUMP Starting sisii en Keyless Entry System c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 89 KEYS ainne rederne AEE ENEE LERNER 87 L Labeling Tire Sidewall 1 323 Lamps E
46. Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another ona two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will
47. Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners Although you cannot see them they are located on the retractor part of the safety belts for the driver and right front passenger They help the safety belts reduce a person s forward movement in a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash If the passenger sensing system detects that there is not a passenger in the right front passenger position the safety belt pretensioner for that position will not activate See Passenger Sensing System on page 74 Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 83 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender When you go in to order 36 it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Always disconnect the extender from the safety belt after you use it so that the airbag will work
48. RCL Recall Push this button to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time When the ignition is turned off push this button to display the time To change the default on the display push the RCL button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display becomes the default Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display shows the selection TUNE Turn this knob to select radio stations 189 A SEEK V Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there The radio only seeks stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band A SCAN V Press and hold either SCAN arrow for two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds until PSCAN and the preset number displays and a double beep sounds The radio goes to the first preset station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band 190 Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM
49. Service To ensure security the driver must present the vehicle registration and personal ID before lock out service is provided Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle If your vehicle does not start Roadside Assistance will arrange to have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealership In the U S replacement keys made at the customer s expense will be covered within 10 miles 16 km e Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Winch out assistance when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of your spare tire in good condition is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start is covered at no charge Additional Services for Canadian Customers e Trip Routing Service Upon Request Roadside Assistance can send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with any helpful travel information we may have pertaining to your trip To request this service please call us toll free at 1 800 268 6800 We will make every attempt to send your
50. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 297 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary 298 If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can d
51. Systems eeeeeeeeeeeeees 43 Where to Put the Restraint eee 47 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH oseese 49 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 56 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 2253 iis 58 Airbag System eee 63 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 66 When Should an Airbag Inflate 70 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 71 How Does an Airbag Restrain 72 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates oo eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaes 72 Passenger Sensing System cceceeeeeee 74 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle occ 81 Restraint System Check eee 82 Checking the Restraint Systems 82 Replacing Restraint System Parts After Crash sccceccsevisarsitotesiecbevetanskieee sdetails 83 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to when the vehicle is not moving unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with yo
52. Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 400 81 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 357 for more information Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 82 Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the airbag covering on the driver s and right front passenger s seatback if equipped or the side impact airbag covering on the ceiling near the side windows if equipped the bag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag the airbag module and seatback for the driver s and right front passenger s seat mounted side impact airbags if equ
53. a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 49 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint du
54. a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section gt 1 Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to advance at 10 times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to advance at 20 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track FWD and the elapsed time of the track displays RDM 2 Random To repeat the tracks in the current folder or playlist press and release this pushbutton FOLDER RANDOM displays Once all of the tracks in the current folder or playlist have been played the system moves on to the next folder or playlist and plays all of the tracks in random order To repeat the tracks on the CD press and hold this pushbutton for two seconds A beep sounds and DISC RANDOM displays This feature does not work with playlists While in random pressing and releasing either SEEK arrow goes to the next or previous random track Press and release this pushbutton again to turn off random play NO RANDOM
55. again to stop scanning To scan all loaded CDs press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds until CD SCAN displays and a beep sounds Use this feature to listen to 10 seconds of the first track of each loaded CD Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning RCL Recall Press this button to see how long the current track has been playing To change the default on the display track and elapsed time press the button until the desired display is shown then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display becomes the default AM FM Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD s remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio Using Song List Mode The six disc CD changer has a feature called song list This feature is capable of saving 20 track selections To save tracks into the song list feature perform the following steps 1 Turn the CD player on and load it with at least one CD See LOAD CD listed previously in this section for more information 2 Check to see that the CD changer is not in song list mode S LIST should not display If S LIST displays press the SONG LIST button to turn it off 207 3 Select the desired CD by pressing the numbered pushbutton and then use the SEEK SCAN right arrow to locate the track to be saved The track begins to play 4
56. application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish See Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 117 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 252 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle 109 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than abo
57. are ignored Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory is displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always be accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not function on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons searches playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last
58. can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick 290 Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage the transaxle Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transaxle to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading if you check the transaxle fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 158 F to 176 F 70 C to 80 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare your vehicle as follows T 2 3 Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shi
59. cap gasket and lines for damage or leaks or every 24 months whichever occurs first Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change manual transaxle fluid every 30 000 miles 48 000 km only if your vehicle is used to tow a trailer 95 000 Miles 152 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 100 000 Miles 160 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 105 000 Miles 168 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary Q Inspect passenger compartment air filter
60. circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the correct size If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or air conditioner and use its fuse if it is of the value you need Replace it as soon as you can Before replacing a fuse turn every electrical switch off Instrument Panel Fuse Block The fuse block is located underneath the instrument panel on the drivers side of the vehicle PAV WIPER AM2 ECU IG RRWIPER A C Front Parking Lamps Taillamps TAIL License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights Engine Control System On Board Diagnostic System 365 Power Outlets P POINT _ Power Outlets Windshield Wipers ECU B Daytime Running Lamps AM2 Charging System Air Bag System Cigarette Lighter Power Rearview Starter System Engine Control CIG Mirrors Power Outlets Audio Stop Lamps CHMSL Engine System Automatic Transaxle C
61. difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 222 Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each p
62. digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure Chk XMRevr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer 217 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static during normal radio reception can occur if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio 218 FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio
63. for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner the OFF indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off 76 If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK position following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 58 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the ON indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the ON indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer An object perso
64. from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 70 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 70 as high as it is wide 325 D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and the speed rating of a tire The load range represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission transaxle power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning 326 Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located bet
65. hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e The format of the CD may not be compatible See Using an MP3 on page 210 later in this section e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 197 Radio with Six Disc CD OS JIE P ewe push O G D GC Go ti a push AUDIO Y fil F E os ia gtd 5 ms J i ED UPDATE oo id ERIE jak If your vehicle has the Monsoon audio system it includes seven speakers The radio displays MONSOON while the radio or the ignition is turned on See your dealer for details The radio has a theft deterrent feature A red light blinks while the engine is off to indicate the radio is protected It will not operate if it is installed in a different vehicle 198 Playing the Radio PWR Power Push this knob to turn the system on and off
66. in the ignition switch Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt steering column allows you to adjust the steering column before you drive You can also raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The tilt lever is located underneath on the left side of the steering wheel column A To tilt the column move the lever downward Adjust the steering wheel to a comfortable position then move the lever upward to lock the column in place Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ooo 00o ooo 000 000 288 o eee The turn signal multifunction lever is located on the left side of the steering column This lever operates the following e Exterior Lamps See Exterior Lamps on page 146 e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 140 e Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 140 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 141 e Fog Lamps See Fog Lamps on page 148 139 Turn and Lane Change Si
67. injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 41 Q A 42 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head
68. keep the infant or shelf like shields positioned in the restraint 44 Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed When choosing an add on child restraint be to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt sure the child restraint is designed to be system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label positioner and some high back booster seats saying that it meets federal motor vehicle have a five point harness A booster seat can also safety standards Then follow the instructions help a child to see out the window for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 45 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using
69. leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 277 The fuel door release lever is located near the floor under the driver s seat on the outboard side To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise On some vehicles you may have to push in while turning the cap While refueling hang the fuel cap inside of the fuel door 278 A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 358 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 A CAUTION If a fire sta
70. may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 57 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 49 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if your child restraint has a top tether disconnect the top tether from the top tether anchor Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 58 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 47 In addition your vehicle has the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner when a child in a child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 74 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 163 for more information about the conditions that could affect the passenger sensi
71. not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance 235 236 When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your vehicle s mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your vehicle s inside mirror activate the right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your vehicle s passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly movin
72. not form when you rinse it with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn Aluminum Wheels Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied 359 Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage
73. not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts 295 If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at LOW or a little higher When your engine is warm the level should be up to FULL or a little higher See Engine Compartment Overview
74. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost 415 If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or General Motors 416 To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Can
75. obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 362 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a full strength glass cleaning liquid The windshield is clean if beads do
76. of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything I might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 400 Q Because I have a disability have to get A my vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel ceiling headliner ceiling and pillar garnish trim roof mounted airbag modules or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step
77. on page 282 for the location of the coolant recovery tank Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank but be careful not to spill it 296 A CAUTION Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly With the coolant recovery tank you will almost never have to add coolant at the radiator Never turn the radiator pressure cap evena little when the engine and radiator are hot A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine Occasionally check the coolant level in the radiator For information on how to add coolant to the radiator see Cooling System on page 299 Radiator Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 169 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood
78. only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 404 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity 263 If you re using a weight carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the
79. or may not turn off the airbags and pretensioner depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 77 If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the OFF indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbags 78 If the airbag readiness light and the OFF light in the passenger airbag status indicator come on together it may mean there is a malfunction in the passenger sensing system Secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection
80. page 297 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 284 Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 299 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 284 qc Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick If Equipped See Checking the Fluid Level under Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 290 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir and Hydraulic Clutch If Equipped See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 306 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 293 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 288 Battery See Battery on page 309 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 367 283 Engine Oil If the engine oil pressure light appears on the instrument cluster check the engine oil level right away For more information see Oil Pressure Light on page 173 You should check the engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder 284 Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dip
81. road surface or turning the steering wheel abruptly This system will activate when your vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 9 mph 15 km h and will deactivate when the vehicle speed reduces to below 9 mph 15 km h You may hear a sound in the engine compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move This means that the system is in the self check mode but does not indicate a malfunction If the vehicle is going to skid during driving the traction control system warning light will blink and an alarm will sound intermittently Adjust your driving accordingly This light warns that there is a problem somewhere in the traction control system or StabiliTrak VSC Panic Brake Assist Your vehicle has a panic brake assist system that monitors the intention of the driver while braking If the system senses that the driver has applied hard fast pressure to the brake pedal the system will generate additional pressure making it easier for the driver to maintain brake application When this happens the brake pedal will feel easier to push Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let the system work for you You may feel the brakes vibrate or you may notice some noise but this is normal The brakes will return to normal operation after the brake pedal has been released The brake assist system becomes operational after the vehicle has accelerated to a speed in excess of appr
82. show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommend that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection When to Change Engine Oil Change the oil and filter every 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 3 months whichever occurs first See Scheduled Maintenance on page 377 What to Do with Used Oil
83. smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or replacement tires that do not match your vehicle s original tires can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 272 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light Is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashi
84. station While the radio is tuned to an RDS station the station name or call letters display instead of the frequency RDS stations can also provide the time of day a program type PTY for current programming and the name of the program being broadcast Finding a Program Type PTY Station To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode P TYPE and the last selected PTY displays 2 Turn the P TYPE knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY displays press either SEEK arrow to select and to go to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY and the PTY displays press either SEEK arrow once If the PTY does not display press either SEEK arrow twice to display the PTY and then to go to another station 5 Press the P TYPE button to exit program type select mode If PTY times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio searches for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements 201 To use the PTY interrupt feature press and hold the P TYPE button until a beep sounds on the PTY you want to interrupt with When selected an asterisk displays beside that PTY on the display Select multiple interrupts if desired When listening to a CD the last selected RDS station interrupts play if that selected program type format is broadcast k SCAN Scan the sta
85. steps for each pushbutton RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT displays You will hear the announcement even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations INFO Information If the current station has a message INFO displays Press this button to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message displays every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the INFO button A new group of words display after every press of this button Once the complete message displays INFO disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the INFO button The last message is shown until a new message is received or you tune to a different station TRAF Traffic If TRAF displays the tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements To receive the traffic announcement from the tuned station press this button Brackets are displayed around TRAF and when a traffic announcement broadcasts on the tuned radio station you will hear it If the station doe
86. straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt 237 If you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue
87. sure any such cargo is not near an airbag Ina crash an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 66 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 A CAUTION Things you put on this seatback can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Remove or secure all items before driving You can fold the front passenger s seatback down to allow for more cargo space or as a temporary table while the vehicle is stopped When the area is not being used for more cargo space the seatback should be placed in the locked upright position To fold the seatback down do the following 1 Lower the head restraint to the lowest position and make sure the seatback is at the most upright position and locked 2 3 Fold the seatback down Pull up on one of the levers located on either side of the back of the passenger s seatback To raise the seatback do the following 1 Pull up on one of the levers located on either side of the back of the passenger s seatback 2 Pull the seatback up and push it back to lock it into place Make sure the safety belt is not twisted or caught in the seatback 3 Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position 4 Use the reclining front seatback
88. switch to the ACC or LOCK position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down 105 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts 106 Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may have an
89. the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan 124 For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice comman
90. the right side of the glovebox with a tool Slide the arm of the glovebox off 2 Push each side of the glovebox in and pull toward you 3 Lift the snaps on the filter cover to remove the cover 4 Remove the air filter 5 Reverse the steps to install the new air filter It will not cause damage to your vehicle if you choose not to replace the air filter after removing it However the air coming into your vehicle will not be filtered 157 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they re working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 158 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there s a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on w
91. the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system 46 See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 49 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shi
92. this light will come on as a reminder for the right front passenger to fasten their safety belt This light will flash until the right front passenger s safety belt is buckled The passenger s safety belt reminder light will not come on if the right front passenger s belt is already buckled or if a sensor does not detect the weight of a passenger in that seat If something is placed on the right front passenger seat the sensors in the seat may detect that object and cause the right front passenger safety belt reminder light to come on If this happens remove the object 162 Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system monitors the airbag sensor assembly front airbag sensors seat mounted side impact and roof mounted airbag sensors driver s seat position sensor driver s seat belt buckle switch right front occupant sensing system and indicator light front passenger s seat belt buckle switch seat belt pretensioner assemblies inflators interconnecting wiring and power sources For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 63 This light will come on briefly when you start your vehicle then it should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stay
93. time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge 402 For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you can call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada C
94. to make checks payable in U S funds A Accessories and Modifications 0 272 Accessory Power Outlet S 0 cceeccecee 150 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle secorir ia niaaa 81 Additives Fuel cccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 275 Add On Electrical Equipment 008 364 Air Cleaner Filter Engine scene 288 Air Conditioning 0 c ceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 152 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 163 Readiness Light cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 162 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 411 Airbag System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeees 63 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle o ae 81 How Does an Airbag Restrain 0 72 Passenger Sensing System o e 74 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 0 2 71 What Will You See After an Airbag ALCS T 5 25 atcedadeent yeiai A asda 72 When Should an Airbag Inflate 70 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeees 66 Antenna Fixed Mast cccceccseeeeeneeeeeeeees 219 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System cccceccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 219 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 0 227 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 167 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels seeen 359 Care of Safety Belts 0
95. vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle Shift Speeds A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift This chart shows when to shift to the next gear for the best fuel economy Manual Transaxle Recommended Shift Speeds 3to4 4to5 5to6 or or or 4to3 5to4 6to5 1 8L 15 mph 25 mph 40 mph 45 mph Code 8 24 km h 40 km h 64 km h 72 km h If your speed drops below 20 mph 32 km h or if the engine is not running smoothly you should downshift to the next lower gear You may have to downshift two or more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance 113 Parking Brake To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down 114 Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the lever all the way down Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear o
96. you turn the ignition to LOCK or ACC and leave the lamps on you will hear a tone when you open the drivers door Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make the headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on with the engine running e The exterior lamps switch is off e The parking brake is released When the DRL are on only the headlamps will be on at a reduced brightness The taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel will not be lit up either When you turn the exterior lamp switch to the headlamp position the DRL will go off and the headlamps will come on The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on When it begins to get dark the headlamps will automatically switch from DRL to the regular headlamps See Automatic Headlamp System following When you turn the exterior lamp switch off the regular lamps will go off and the headlamps will change to the reduced brightness of DRL provided it is not dark outside DRL also comes on if only the parking lamps are being
97. your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the compact spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well 347 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to 6 Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire get all the rust or dirt off 7 Install the spare tire 348 8 Remove any rust or 9 Place the compact spare tire on the dirt from the wheel wheel mounting surface bolts mounting rf d whee 2 CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident 349 10 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut 3 by hand until the wheel is held against the hub A CAUTION Inc
98. 158 Instrument Panel Cluster eeeeeee 159 Speedometer and Odometer s an 160 Trip OdOMeters surrender 160 Tachometer ccccecceeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 161 Safety Belt Reminder Light 2 161 Airbag Readiness Light 00 ee 162 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 163 Charging System Light s e 165 Brake System Warning Light 2 166 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 167 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 167 Traction Control System TCS Warning Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 168 StabiliTrak Indicator Light cccccee 168 133 Section 3 Instrument Panel Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 169 Audio System S 177 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ssec 170 Setting the TIME pirinin 178 Oil Pressure Light neeesser 173 Radio with CD Base Level 0 08 179 Lights On Reminder s e 174 Radio with CD MP3 seee 188 Taillamp Indicator Light cee 174 Radio with Six Disc CD eee 198 Cruise Control Light eec 174 Using an MPS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeees 210 Overdrive Off Light cc cceeeeeeeeee eee 174 XM Radio Messages csecsen 216 Highbeam On Light aaas 175 Radio Reception ceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 218 Low Washer Fluid Warning Light 175 Care of Your CDS miskeid ai aeiia 219 Door Ajar Light 242 red 175 Care of the CD Player a e 219 F
99. 2007 Pontiac Vibe Owner Manual Q Seats and Restraint Systems 7 Instrument Panel cc 133 Front Seats ec eeeccceceecccccceeeccceeeueeceeesaeeeeees 8 Instrument Panel Overview _ 008 136 Rear Seats oiiccccccccccccccseccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeas 16 Climate Controls W u d v s sssssseeeeserenrnes 152 Safety Belts o ceecccccceecccceeaeeeeeesaeeeeees 18 Warning Lights Gages and Child Restraints 1 37 Indicators Sesssccceszneeseeeesseecadisdossseteceoss 158 Airbag System seseveisicsseassivecsncronceseasserens 63 Audio System s neee 177 Restraint System Check M W W W ssssssssseeekeee 82 Driving Your Vehicle s s i si is i s 224 Features and Controls 85 Your Driving the Road and Se aeea ERE FEDE RESET SEEST EEN 87 Your Vehicle MG 222 Doors and Locke y 92 TOWING denina aaie 259 WiINGOWS fe2s asdeardcdsseccetaavirieensyeiiansedeead 98 Service and Appearance Care 000 269 Theft Deterrent Systems n 100 SENCE kerene Fan SEE lESEs 272 Slang and Operating MOC siss we O E E 274 Mors E E A A E EN 121 Checking Things Under the Hood 280 OnStar System essees 123 Bulb Replacement 2 sssesceeeeeeerenee 315 Storage Areas i e eeecceeceeecccceceeececeeeeeeees 127 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 321 SUMOO aar este 131 TIRCS sno er chan cbeesensaswadecad 322 Appearance Care oo cceeceeeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 354 Vehicle Identification oo eeeeeeeeeees 363 Electrical
100. Backglass and Wiper Blades M G GW G sussssscsseeeerrere renerne rr nen 359 Aluminum Wheels eeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 359 E E E E E E a T 360 Sheet Metal Damage eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 360 Finish Damage cceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 361 Underbody Maintenance 361 Chemical Paint Spotting 0 ceeeee 361 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 362 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Vehicle Identification c ee 363 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0068 365 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 363 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 06 365 Service Parts Identification Label 363 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 367 Electrical System FEEL LEE ELLE EDEL ELELELELELEEE 364 Capacities and Specifications 369 Add On Electrical Equipment nennasnssanananasannn 364 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Ra 370 Headlamp Wiring sesseseeeseeersrererereeressnese 364 Engine Drive Belt Routing 371 Windshield Wiper Fuses secc 364 Power Windows and Other Power OPONSE etenak ea ee 364 271 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of thes
101. EEN EE 274 Additives 00 ccc eee ecc eee eece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeaes 275 California Fuel rarere ere 275 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 279 423 Fuel cont Filling Your Tank amore 277 Fuels in Foreign Countries ee 276 Gage ce ected O eee ne aesees 176 Gasoline Octane ccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 274 Gasoline Specifications cee 274 Low Warning Light o e 177 System INSpection cceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 392 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 367 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00 365 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00 365 Windshield Wiper ceeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeees 364 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 008 169 TR TT HERRER E DEER OD SEE SEES SES SE SEERE sides 176 Speedometer cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 160 TACNOMOUE E E A 161 Gasoline OCTANG aidia ideaa iiai iea 274 Specifications 22 2 2 roi re bereder 274 Glove BOX neers 127 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 405 424 H Hazard Warning Flashers aaee 138 Head Restraints ccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 13 Headlamp Wiring seeen 364 Headlamps Automatic Headlamp System 008 147 Bulb Replacement ceseeeeeeeeeeees 315 Daytime Running Lamps ceecee 147 Flasha PASS dn le ren 141 Halogen Bulbs cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 315 Headlamps Front Turn Signal and
102. For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs 70 Frontal airbags may inflate at different vehicle crash speeds For example e f the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e f the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e f the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e f the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle such as hitting a curb falling into a deep hole or landing hard The frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts It is possible that in a crash involving the front of your vehicle only one of the two frontal airbags in your vehicle will deploy This is rare but it can happen in a crash just severe enough to make a frontal airbag inflate Side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact airbag will inflate if the cr
103. Gasoline Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you may notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 275 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 If this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused
104. ILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT FLAMES COMPLETELY ai THEN SECURE y IN THIS SEATING CHILD SEAT LAMPS PRESSURE SPARK OR POSITION FLAME M ANTI LOCK COULD rower MLT DOOR LOCK ae SERVICE gt EXPLODE MANUAL BATTERY winpow __ _ UNLOCK SYSTEM e DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING DAYTIME CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING ENGINE OL 77 OWNER MANUAL Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seals eiciia 8 Mantlal Seats niian er ES uaaa 8 Driver Seat Height Adjuster 1 9 Reclining Seatbacks eseese 10 Head Restraints ccccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 13 Passenger Folding Seatback 14 Rear Seats nisione ina 16 Rear Seat Operation eccess 16 Safety Belts rniii 18 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 18 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 20 0 0 cecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaee 22 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 Driver POSIION sive wtinceiess ete es 24 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 31 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 32 Right Front Passenger Position 32 Rear Seat Passengers ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 33 Safety Belt Pretensioners s e 36 Safety Belt Extender ceeceeeteeeeeeeeees 36 Child Restraints 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 Older Children savvy nr end arrede se 37 Infants and Young Children 40 Child Restraint
105. Lamps eeeseeeeees Defensive Driving seeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees DISC MPS coea eee SEE Doing Your Own Service Work 0 08 Door Ajar UGE eiaeaen dinaranas LOCKS va sitavaeek ERNE S SEERE SNEDE sATA s 422 Door cont Power Door LOCKS cceccceeeeeeeeeeereeeees 94 Rear Door Security Locks n 95 Driver Position Safety Belt cc in mann enkes 24 Seat Height Adjuster cc cseeeeeeeeeeee rere 9 Driving AU NIONE fivccsctisicnnvandecoareostinededtivesuecestionnvensts 238 GUY ETAN ties gran enue jaan E NET EL RENE E SES 242 Defensive cassiiecccnscnvcccscnt vs ccndnscnedenteantewaeta ets 222 DRUK ON pisestctteataicottgeusttanceaenanntuanteseadenbanes 223 FICQWAY 5 5 re EN SSG el NER 243 Hill and Mountain Roads cceceeeeees 246 In Rain and on Wet Roads 06006 239 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 253 WINKED oo cece eee ec sporran nerasi 248 Electrical System Add On Equipment cccceeeeeeeeeeeee 364 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 367 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00 365 Headlamp Wiring ccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 364 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00 365 Electrical System cont Power Windows and Other Power ODTONS os cresdentesssiwacdsnncasnececsivednestebtartants 364 Windshield Wiper Fuses scce 364 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cccccceeseceeeee
106. MS This feature is designed to alert you when the system detects a large change in the pressure of one tire The system cannot alert you before you drive that a tire is low or flat You must begin driving before the system works properly The TPMS works with the brake control system and is designed to detect differences in the tire rotation speeds that are caused by changes in tire pressure The TPMS does not replace normal tire maintenance see Tires on page 322 Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 and When It Is Time for New Tires on page 335 This light on the instrument panel cluster comes on when the tire pressure monitoring system detects a low tire condition This light also comes on for a few seconds and then go off when you turn the ignition to ON This indicates that the TPMS is functioning properly If the low tire pressure warning light comes on while driving your vehicle the system may have detected a low tire condition You need to stop as soon as possible and check your tires for damage If a tire is flat see f a Tire Goes Flat on page 342 and Changing a Flat Tire on page 343 Also check the tire pressure in all four tires and set them to the specified level shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 for additional information Note The tire pressure monitoring system on your vehicle warns you when one of the tire
107. ONG LIST button for more than four seconds One beep sounds followed by two beeps after two seconds and a final beep sounds after four seconds S LIST EMPTY displays indicating the song list has been deleted If a CD is ejected and the song list contains saved tracks from that CD those tracks are automatically deleted from the song list Any tracks saved to the song list again are added to the bottom of the list To end song list mode press the SONG LIST button One beep sounds and S LIST is removed from the display CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 209 Using an MP3 MP3 CD R Disc MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 file
108. Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel CH Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune available to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Info Artist Name Feature No artist information is available at this time on this channel not available The system is working properly 216 Radio Display Message Action Required No Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly No Info No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Locked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having your vehicle serviced check with the servicing facility Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight
109. PTY and then to go to another station 5 Press PROG TYPE to exit program type select mode If PTY times out and is no longer on the display go back to Step 1 If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio searches for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements 192 A SCAN V Scan the stations within a PTY by performing the following 1 Press PROG TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press and hold either SCAN arrow and the radio begins scanning the stations in the PTY 4 Press either SCAN arrow to stop at a station If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio scans for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements BAND Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency lets the radio switch to a stronger FM station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds AF ON displays The radio can switch to FM stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds AF OFF displays The radio does not switch to stronger FM stations Setting Preset PTYs RDS Only These pushbuttons have factory PTY presets Up to 12 PTYs six FM1 and six FM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Press BAND to select FM1 or FM2 2 Press PROG TYPE to activate progr
110. Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safet
111. System oo eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 364 Capacities and Specifications 369 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts cceeceseeeeeeeeeees 370 Maintenance Schedule ee Maintenance Schedule Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information Reporting Safety Defects Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem and the name VIBE are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this manual Litho in U S A Part No 15863402 A First Printing This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed when on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in it so the new owner can use it Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 2006 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserve
112. UGCI Gage sirasini eeen an 176 Fixed Mast Antenna ccecce 219 Low Fuel Warning Light ncen 177 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 219 134 NOTES 135 Instrument Panel Overview Oa ae ney CD ED Key 3 l o em The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 155 Instrument Panel Cluster See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 159 Climate Control System See Climate Control System on page 152 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 138 Audio System See Audio System s on page 177 Rear Window Defogger Button See Rear Window Defogger under Climate Control System on page 152 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 163 Front Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 161 Power Remote Control Mirror Button See Outside Remote Control Mirrors on page 122 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 148 Rear Liftglass Release Button See Liftgate Liftglass on page 96 K Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Button See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 330 Coinholder See Coinholder s on page 127 TRAC OFF Button See Traction Control System TCS on page 230 Content Theft Deterrent Securi
113. Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer a service station ora local recycling center for help 287 Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for more information on location 288 When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the air cleaner filter at each engine oil change Replace the filter every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first See Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 376 for more information How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remov
114. X QNlOM savscovtessuvecesuaverte SER RELSE Se SODE SE SEERE SS TER 146 POO ee R 148 Interior COntrol ssscnistesios inina kneiiisenentasa 149 Reading arier 150 LATCH System Child Restraints 2252 been 49 Liftgate LiftglaSs u u u ssesseseererrreneennennnn renee 96 Liftglass Liftgate senan anaa idana 96 Light Airbag Readiness eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee 162 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 167 Brake System Warning 166 Charging System suiirssriistirsneciaiiis 165 Cruise Control 0ccccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 174 DOOF AJAT En ele 175 Highbeam ON 2 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 175 Lights On Reminder sson 174 Low Fuel Warning inserendosi 177 Light cont Low Tire Pressure Warning Light Low Washer Fluid Warning 0068 Malfunction Indicator eee Oil PRESS UFFE srrisss doisin uena eaeoe td Overdrive Off sosire tor narmani Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Safety Belt Reminder eeeeees StabiliTrak Indicator 1 Taillamp Indicators ln TCS Warning Light 2222 roset Traction Control System TCS Warning Lighting ENUY ER EDEN ERE RESEN SE SEERNE RER ERNE Loading Your Vehicle W u u u dsssseserseerrrrerennener Locks DOOP ce cases ate ge ner aiT EE Power DOOM 55 rende seede Rear Door Security Locks s e LOSS OF Control srecni s Low Fuel Warning Light aeee Low Washer Fluid Warning Light 426 M Maint
115. adian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you ll notify us Please call us at 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the dia
116. adio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When the CD is inserted the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 219 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded ona personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice Ifa label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD ata time
117. adside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles For warranty repairs during the Bumper to Bumper U S or Base Warranty Coverage period Canada provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty interim transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation program Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty and is available only at participating dealers A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service
118. age 342 324 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load See Compact Spare Tire on page 354 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger car tire size A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters
119. aining organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water 357 Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them la
120. am type select mode The PTY symbol displays 3 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the PTY that was set returns if program type select mode is activated 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT displays You will hear the announcement even if the volume is low or a CD is playing If a CD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations INFO Information If the current station has a message INFO displays Press this button to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message displays every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the INFO button A new group of words display after every press of this button Once the complete message has displayed the information symbol disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the INFO button The last message is shown until a new message is received or you tune to a different sta
121. an official request of police or similar government office 411 e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection 412 Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance
122. anada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com 403 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 404 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit
123. and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 49 There is no top tether anchor at the right front seating position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 49 if the child restraint has a top tether You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 60 Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has airbags See Passenger Sensing System on page 74 We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbags are off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 8 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to ON See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 163 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portion
124. and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section bb 1 Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays RDM 2 Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM and the track number displays Press RDM again to turn off random play 41 3 Next Folder This button does not have a function for non MP3 CDs 195 4 lt lt Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays 6 ED Previous Folder This button does not have a function for non MP3 CDs EQ Equalizer Press EQ to select the desired customized equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is automatically set whenever a CD is played See EQ listed previously for more information A SEEK V Press the up arrow to go to the start of the next track Press the down arrow to go to the start of the previous track Pressing either arrow for more than two seconds searches the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second When the desired track number displays release the arrow to stop searching a
125. aps and attach the side hooks of the cargo cover to the upper tie down hooks located along both sides of the rear cargo area Pull straps to adjust A CAUTION An improperly stored cargo cover could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver You or others could be injured If you remove the cover always store it in the proper storage location When you put it back always be sure that it is securely reattached 129 Cargo Tie Downs 130 The tire tie down straps are designed to secure a flat tire You can also use the straps and hooks to secure your luggage There are eight tie down hooks located in the rear of the vehicle The straps are located under the cargo area floor panel To use the straps hook the ends to the lower tie down hooks in a criss cross pattern across the cargo Pull on the straps at the buckle to tighten the straps as needed Sunroof If the vehicle has a sunroof it can be opened or put in a tilt position To tilt the sunroof slide the sunshade rearward then press the switch marked UP Press the other end of the switch to lower the sunroof The ignition must be in the ON position for the switch to work To open or close the sunroof press the switch marked SLIDE rearward or forward The sunroof will close partially and stop Once the sunroof stops release the switch and press the button again to fully close it The sunroof can be op
126. ar facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible 164 If the word ON is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped are enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the ai
127. ash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or in many rear impacts Your vehicle has sensors which detect side impacts These sensors signal the appropriate side airbag to inflate Both side impact airbags seat mounted and roof mounted are intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck It is possible that in a crash involving the rear side of your vehicle that only the roof mounted airbag will deploy In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact vehicle speed and how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal and near frontal impacts For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and the instrument panel For vehicles with s
128. assenger If your vehicle has seat mounted side impact airbags it will say SRS SIDE AIRBAG on a label on the side of the driver s and right front passenger s seat closest to the door If your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags it will say SRS CURTAIN AIRBAG on the trim on the side of the windshield 63 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them 64 A CAUTION Frontal airbags for the driver and passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Side impact airbags a
129. ation can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls e Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Don t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 500 Ibs 680 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming
130. ator and air conditioning condenser To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap is recommended at least once a year Throttle System Inspection Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables Brake System Inspection Inspect the complete system Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Also inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc Check parking brake adjustment You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits or conditions result in frequent braking 393 Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines Engine Oil starburst symbol GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 284 50 50 mixture of clean
131. bag covering If your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating airbag will be blocked Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear 69 When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on only how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle is equipped with electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment
132. be needed to qualify your vehicle for warranty repairs 375 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services In this part are scheduled maintenance services which are to be performed at the mileage intervals specified Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs may vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer 376 This part tells you the maintenance services you should have done and when to schedule them When you go to your dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service people will perform the work using genuine GM parts The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommende
133. because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat 75 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat
134. brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light ABS United States Canada With the Anti Lock Brake System ABS this light comes on when the engine is started and can stay on for several seconds This is normal If the light stays on turn the ignition to LOCK If the light comes on while you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 166 The ABS warning light comes on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Low Tire Pressure Warning Light This light should come on briefly as you start the engine It will then come on only when a low tire pressure condition exists See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 330 for more information 167 Traction Control System TCS War
135. by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier 275 However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines tha
136. by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part B Good Battery C Dead Battery To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 320 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 315 Headlamps Front Turn Signal To replace the headlamp turn signal or parking lamp bulb do the following and Parking Lamps LYVE fk 1 Open the hood and locate the lamp assembly A Headlamp i 2 Remove the rubber cover and socket from B Turn Signal Parking Lamp the headlamp or turn signal parking lamp 316 Release the retainer clip holding the bulb on the headlamp by pr
137. can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 294 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and neck Pressure test cooling system and pressure cap An Emission Control Service 385 Part B Owner Checks and Services Listed in this part are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Part D At Each Fuel Fill It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 284 for further details Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add the proper coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 294 for further details 386 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 305 for further details Hood Latch Operation Check Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the vehicle The secondary latch should keep the hood f
138. ch as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment can interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems can interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 178 Setting the Time The radio might have a button marked with an H or HR to represent hours and an M or MIN to represent minutes Press and hold the hour button until the correct hour displays AM appears for morning hours Press and hold the minute button until the correct minute displays The time can be set with the ignition on or off To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcasting Radio Data System RDS information press and hold the hour and minute buttons at the same time until UPDATED displays If the time is not available from the station NO UPDATE displays RDS time is broadcast once a minute After tuning to an RDS broadcast station it could take a few minutes for the time to update Radio with CD Base Level gt bb va ADM BAND 1 2 a cD 4 5 6 AUX a ret merten C PWR VOL a A VOL MIN O TUNE O select PUSHRCLJ TONE Ea i wo FROG DEEI ew a 0 ega The Egje tesa
139. cle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire 327 Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturers recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard Se
140. cles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 311 4 Open the hoods and locate the batteries Find the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for more information on location A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any u
141. comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs 413 If an Accident Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident 414 Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its posi
142. cstenetsertenrtiedeasssavvernees 416 Customer Assistance Offices 00 404 Reporting Safety Defects to GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 405 General Motors cceeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeees 417 Roadside Assistance Program secen 406 Service Publications Ordering Courtesy Transportation ss 409 INFO MAO RA aisea aae En en ate 417 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeees 411 Collision Damage Repair 0 0 ee 412 399 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager 400 STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Pontiac Customer As
143. d How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will t
144. d This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 305 Brakes Brake Fluid The hydraulic clutch and brake master cylinder use the same reservoir It is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for the location of the reservoir There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system or the hydraulic clutch system If it is have that system fixed immediately since a leak means that the brakes will not work well or will not work at all 306 So it is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when the linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only
145. d cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 335 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires that are the same size brand load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 323 for additional information A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes CAUTION Continued 336 CAUTION Continued brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 354 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many mile
146. d it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have ABS it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 227 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking 229 Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle may have a traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal Leave the system on during ordinary driving so that it can operate when needed When the ignition is turned to ON
147. d Manual 0 043 inches 1 1 mm 369 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Other Part Numbers Battery Engine Air Cleaner Filter Engine Oil Filter Passenger Compartment Air Filter PCV Valve 88974190 ak rl Spark Plugs 94859446 SK16R11T IFR5A11tt Your engine is fitted with iridium tipped spark plugs Use only iridium tipped spark plugs for better engine performance 370 Engine Drive Belt Routing 4 NOTES 372 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule ce 374 At Least Once a Year seee 388 INTFOGUCHOM sisnscsce side aceksuoescnsh tveca ean uaa 374 Part C Periodic Maintenance Maintenance Requirements 00e 374 Inspections n ER 392 Your Vehicle and the Environment 374 Steering Suspension and Front Drive How This Section is Organized 374 Axle Boot and Seal Inspection 392 Part A Scheduled Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection aeee 392 SENVICES T A 376 Fuel System Inspection 392 Using the Maintenance Schedule 376 Engine Cooling System Inspection 393 Scheduled Maintenance eeeee 377 Throttle System Inspection 393 Part B Owner Checks and Services 386 Brake System Inspection o 393 At Each Fuel Fill cc skreg 386 Part D Recommended Fluids and
148. d limits You will find these on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 274 Scheduled Maintenance The services shown in this schedule up to 120 000 miles 192 000 km should be repeated after 120 000 miles 192 000 km at the same intervals for the life of this vehicle See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 386 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections on page 392 and Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emissions warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded A good time to check your brakes is during tire rotation See Brake System Inspection on page 393 5 000 Miles 8 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dust
149. d off and that nothing is plugged cannot be dinghy towed See Dolly Towing for into the power outlets more information regarding towing your vehicle i 2 3 ay 3 Release the parking brake If your vehicle has a manual transaxle it can i eee be dinghy towed After dinghy towing let the engine idle for more than three minutes before driving the vehicle When dinghy towing be sure to follow the posted legal speed limit Do not tow your vehicle from the rear Your vehicle could be badly damaged and the repairs 1 Put the shift lever in NEUTRAL would not be covered by your warranty 260 Dolly Towing To tow your vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Put the front wheels on a dolly 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P for an automatic transaxle and in NEUTRAL for a manual transaxle 3 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 4 Release the parking brake Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information abou
150. d the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 You may have to fold back the cargo mat to access the top tether anchors 2 3 Open the top tether anchor trim cover to expose the anchor 2 4 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and in b
151. dding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 274 Fuel geciieesesrcndiicentitonavnetictiideesdneeeres 274 Gasoline Octane cceceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 274 Gasoline Specifications cccceeeee 274 California Fuel essence 275 Additives aoiseanna aE i a 275 Fuels in Foreign Countries a 276 Filling the Tank sssesssescrresrsrrrssrrrrensrrne 277 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 279 Checking Things Under the Hood 280 Hood Release oo oa Er 280 Engine Compartment Overview s es 282 Engine Qil ere ae aai 284 Engine Air Cleaner Filter eeee 288 Automatic Transaxle Fluid aeee 290 Manual Transaxle Fluid aien 292 Hydraulic Clute hneisa eenias 293 Engine Coolant cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 294 Radiator Pressure Cap 297 Engine Overheating c ceeeeeeeeetteeeeees 297 Cooling System 0 c ccceeeeeeeeetteteeeeeeeeeees 299 Power Steering Fluid eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 304 Windshield Washer Fluid ceeeeee 305 BAKKES aore A EETAS 306 Bates riean 309 JUMP Starting 22 eee ERR Arles 310 Bulb Replacement 1 315 Halogen Bulls ELSKE KERES KN 315 Headlamps Front Turn Signal and Parking LAMPS 2504 A RAN 316 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL WGWG Guseseeeeeeeeerrrr renerne 317 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 318 Back Up Lam daer 320 Replacement Bulbs
152. department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair 409 Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation and participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters for the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used as shuttle service the reimbursement is limited to the associated shuttle allowance and must be supported by original receipts 410 In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expense
153. displays 29 3 Next Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the next folder or playlist If the disc contains playlists it goes through the playlist then the folders Pressing this button while in folder random mode takes you to the next folder and randomizes the tracks in that folder This function does not work on a CD that does not contain folders or playlists 213 4 lt lt Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Press and hold this pushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse at 10 times the normal playing speed Press and hold it for more than two seconds to reverse at 20 times the normal playing speed Release this pushbutton to play the track REV and the elapsed time of the track appears on the display If this pushbutton is pressed for more than 20 seconds the radio stops reversing and begins to play 6 Previous Folder Press this pushbutton to go to the first track in the previous folder or playlist If the disc contains playlists it goes through the playlist then the folders Pressing this pushbutton while in folder random mode takes you to the previous folder and randomizes the tracks in that folder This function does not work on a CD that does not contain folders or playlists 214 A SEEK V Press the up arrow to go to the start of the next track Press the down arrow to go to the start of the previous track Pressing either arrow f
154. door is not opened 149 Reading Lamps If your vehicle has a sunroof there will be a reading lamp near the sunroof switch Press the button to turn the lamp on and press it again to turn it off If your vehicle does not have a sunroof the vehicle s inside rearview mirror may have reading lamps If your vehicle has reading lamps there are two buttons located on the bottom of the mirror Press the buttons to turn the lamps on and press them again to turn the lamps off Accessory Power Outlet s With the accessory power outlet you can plug in auxiliary electrical equipment Your vehicle has an outlet under the climate controls To use the outlet the ignition must be in ON or ACC Pull down the small cover to access the outlet Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating 150 This circuit is protected by a fuse and has a maximum current level Do not use equipment exceeding the maximum amperage rating Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the power accessory outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the power accessory plugs Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they shou
155. ds Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owners Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may be equipped with a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 125 How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you wit
156. e The remote keyless entry transmitter will look different if your vehicle was purchased in Canada however it will operate the same LOCK Press this button to lock all of the doors The turn signal lights will flash once to confirm that the doors have locked 90 UNLOCK Press this button once to unlock the driver s door The turn signal lights will flash twice and the interior lamps will come on to confirm that the door has unlocked If the UNLOCK button is pressed again within three seconds all remaining doors will unlock and the turn signal lights will flash twice and interior lamps will remain on to confirm that all doors amp hatch have unlocked The interior lamps will stay on for 15 seconds or until the ignition is turned on HATCH GLASS Press this button to open the rear liftglass If the ignition key is in the ON position the liftglass cannot be opened by the HATCH GLASS button on the transmitter Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your dealer When the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock
157. e The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis 339 Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle 340 A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your v
158. e Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road 328 Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 335 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 338 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant we
159. e and cargo should never or bs doit jamais tre sup rieur kgou Ib WA SEATING CAPACIN Qe Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 254 This weight includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 322 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers f
160. e Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government General Motors United States Government Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts Roadside Assistance Program Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 253 Routing Engine Drive Belt c eee 371 Running the Engine While Parked 120 S Safety Belt Pretensioners aa ds 36 Reminder Light eeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 161 Safety Belts Care Ofi acess tsttch epson an test EEO 357 Driver POSItION ao ERNE 24 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 Questions and Answers About Safety BeltS issrcsrsiss senenin 22 Rear Seat Passengers i c 33 Right Front Passenger Position 32 Safety Belt Extender cceeeeeeseteeeees 36 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 32 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 00008 18 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 05 31 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0008 4 Scheduled Maintenance eeeeeeeees 377 Seatback Folding Passenger eseese 14 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster ee 9 Head Restraints ecceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee 13 Seats cont Manual siess a aR 8 Passenger Folding Seatback 00 14 Rear Seat Operation a se 16 Reclining Seatback
161. e a short distance with the charging system light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 165 Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected Canada BRAKE United States If your vehicle has anti lock brakes this light should come on when you turn the key to START If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 166 When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 167 and Towing Your Vehicle on page 259 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the
162. e back up lamp housing 2 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out of the lamp housing 3 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Reverse the previous steps to install a new bulb 320 Replacement Bulbs Bulb Number Back Up Lamp 7440 CHMSL Front Turn Signal 1157NA and Parking Lamp Headlamp High Low Beam 9003 Rear Turn Signal 7440 Stoplamp Taillamp 7443 For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected at least twice a year for wear or cracking See Wiper Blade Check under At Least Twice a Year on page 387 for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways Here s how to remove the wiper blade 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly toward the driver s side of the vehicle 3 Install a new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 321 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires CAUTION Continued made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever e Underinflated tires pose the same have questions about your tire warranty and where danger as overloaded tires The to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet resulting accident could cause serious for details For additional information refer to injury Check all tires frequently to the tire manufacturer
163. e cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 356 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those cont
164. e glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Nie m i J M Wie Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement 239 The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your
165. e glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the FULL mark start your vehicle If the overheat warning continues there is one more thing you can try You can add the proper coolant mixture directly to the radiator but be sure the cooling system is cool before you do it A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 301 How to Add Coolant to the Radiator now Cf TSS 3 Fill the radiator with the proper coolant mixture up to the base of the filler neck 1 You can remove the radiator pressure cap See Engine Coolant on page 294 for more when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops Do not press down while turning the pressure cap If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap but now push down as you turn it Remove the pressure cap
166. e light could blink on and off Have it checked at your dealer e If you make a hard stop the light could come on for a moment Have it checked at your dealer 173 Lights On Reminder m See Headlamps on Reminder on page 146 for more information This light comes on whenever the headlights are on Taillamp Indicator Light This light will come on when your taillamps are on Canada Only See Exterior Lamps on page 146 for more information 174 Cruise Control Light The CRUISE light comes on whenever you press the ON OFF button to set your cruise control CRUISE See Cruise Control Light on page 174 for more information Overdrive Off Light The automatic transaxle has overdrive This light comes on whenever you turn off the overdrive O D OFF See Overdrive Off on page 111 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 140 Low Washer Fluid Warning Light This light will come on when your windshield washer fluid is low Canada Only See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 305 for more information Door Ajar Light This light will come on if any door the rear liftgate or the rear liftglass are not completely closed 175 Fuel Gage FX A Ey o Canada United States The fuel gage shows about how much fuel is in your fuel tank An arrow on the fuel gage ind
167. e marks ACVelco E parts GM e Goodwrench E Accessories 272 Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like anti lock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper rep
168. e the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire Release the two clips that hold the cover down can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt _ Lift the cover off can easily get into your engine which will i i damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter place when you are driving Reinstall the cover 1 2 3 4 289 Automatic Transaxle Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transaxle Fluid A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Check the fluid in the transaxle and differential at the intervals listed in Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 376 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 How to Check Automatic Transaxle Fluid Because this operation
169. e vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the ON indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer If the airbag readiness light and the OFF light in the passenger airbag status indicator come on together it may mean there is a malfunction in the passenger sensing system Secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have the following airbags e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger e A roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that p
170. ea 0 127 COINNOIASK S sesineiiccesseskabeapetsic esas veae ested 127 Cupholder S soisissa 127 Glove BOX eer 127 Instrument Panel Storage Area a n 127 Rear Cargo Accessory Track System 129 Rear Storage Area a e 128 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 252 SUN VISOMS snastacssvuidecaavextvacctasbiennteersng audadezeets 99 SUNMOOP dienn EEEa 131 T Tachometer skeer 161 Taillamp Indicator Light aeee 174 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 2 318 TCS Warning Light ceceeeeeeeeeee eee 168 Theft Deterrent Systems 000 eeeereeeeeee 100 Content Theft Deterrent 0 ceeee 100 Throttle System Inspection 393 Tilt Wheel FRR cask vane aiana 139 Time Seg eccer ae 178 e cc T TA T E T E 322 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 0 359 Buying New TIFOS 00 0 0 ccssseeeeeeeesenes 336 CHAINS nsira e d aaa sanis 341 Changing a Flat Tire 5 252 343 CIE ANING irs sariini adeti gaat 360 Compact Spare Tire eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 354 Different Size oo eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaee 337 If a Tire Goes Flat cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 342 Inflation Tire Pressure ccecce 329 Inspection and Rotation cee 333 Installing the Spare Tire a ca 346 Pressure Monitor System n 330 Removing the Flat Tire 2 a 346 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 344 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 351 Tire Sidewall Labeling
171. ease or decrease brightness Turn the wheel all the way up for the maximum setting It is recommended that the brightness level be kept at the maximum setting for all daytime driving to ensure proper visibility The brightness of the instrument panel lights will decrease when the headlamps are on Interior Lamps Control The interior lights control is located on the overhead light To change the interior lights setting slide the switch to one of the following positions OFF This position turns the light off ON This position keeps the light on all the time Door This position turns the light on when any door the liftgate or the liftglass is opened The light goes off when all the side doors the liftgate and the liftglass are closed Entry Lighting While the interior lights control is in the door position the light will come on when any side door the liftgate or the liftglass is opened After all the doors liftgate and liftglass are closed and the key is out of the ignition in LOCK or ACC the light will remain on for about 15 seconds and then go out except under the following conditions e The ignition is turned to ACC or ON after all the doors the liftgate and the liftglass are closed All the doors and liftgate are locked when the liftglass is closed and the light is still on When any door is unlocked with the key or remote keyless entry system transmitter the light comes on for 15 seconds even if the
172. eat mounted side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof mounted side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side window 71 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions rollovers and rear impacts Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with side impact airbags 72 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal and seat mounted side i
173. ed to use safety belts properly Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 37 Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck As If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 38 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pe
174. eeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through the engine s air intake and badly damage the engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 322 241 City Driving
175. eeeeeeeeeeee 288 BAND A E A E E TAT 309 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 170 COOLANT RE SENE SES ei settee gases sade tide Soi decane 294 Coolant Heater ccceeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeees 106 Coolant Temperature Gage s 169 Cooling System Inspection s e 393 Drive Belt Routing ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 371 Engine Compartment Overview 282 EXNAUSE eldre 119 Renee ere Aenean rere eres cere eer 284 Overheating txsscteesennesessacataceeenenedeemssstacennts 297 Staming arie aen naain EEN 104 Entry Light een enker ders 149 Event Data Recorders EDR 0008 411 Extender Safety Belt cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 36 Exterior LAMPS secivccessicsccedesssdesvocetecdvenisvesvy 146 Filter Engine Air Cleaner a n 288 Finish Damage cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeees 361 Fixed Mast Antenna cccecceeeseeeeeeenees 219 Flashers Hazard Warning 2 138 Flash 10 PaSS 255 nd paa 141 Flat Tire ceruen arr a 342 Flat Tire Changing 22 nisaidieni 343 Flat Tire Storing ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 351 Floor Mats ccccecceeceeceececeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeaees 127 Fluid Automatic Transaxle cccsccseeseeeeeneeees 290 Manual Transaxle ccccceecseeseeeeeeeenees 292 Power Steering screen bens renee 304 Windshield Washer ccsecseenecseeeeeees 305 FOG LAMPS reen de ERNE 148 Folding Seatback Passenger 14 FUG EAR
176. eeeees 104 Engine Coolant Heater seers 106 Automatic Transaxle Operation 05 108 Overdrive Off osina soarsii kso ierann 111 Manual Transaxle Operation 000 111 Parking Brake cccceceeeeeeeceeenereeeeeeeees 114 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle W u sseeereeerrrer 115 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle eee 117 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle cceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 118 Parking Over Things That Burn 118 Engine Exhaust ice evsiseceiieneeecsvetdaeeensneseeteve 119 Running the Engine While Parked 120 NINO 54k 121 Manual Rearview Mirror u u sseeeeeereeerreee 121 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 121 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 122 Outside Remote Control Mirrors 122 Outside Convex Mirror neccen 123 OnStar System ccccccccececescesceeeeeeeee 123 85 Section 2 Features and Controls Storage Areas Glove Box Cupholder s Coinholder s Instrument Panel Storage Area Center Console Storage Area 86 treer 127 Sunroof T 127 Floor Mats ernan PP E E OR E etn deesbendelaeny 127 Rear Storage Area a E S 127 Rear Cargo Accessory Track System TEIS PEN T A ERNE DEERE tees 127 Cargo Cover ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee en 127 Cargo Tie Downs eeeeeeeee Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous
177. een the HOT marks e When the engine compartment is cool the level should be between the COLD marks What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 Notice When adding power steering fluid or making a complete fluid change always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid If your vehicle has the low windshield washer fluid level warning light it will come on when the fluid level is too low See Low Washer Fluid Warning Light on page 175 Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very col
178. ehicle Do not include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures to the amounts shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 334 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 369 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 343 Vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system will need to reset initialize the system after each tire rotation See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 330 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracke
179. ehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 343 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains Notice Use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle 341 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tire
180. either SCAN arrow to stop at a station If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio scans for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements BAND Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency lets the radio switch to a stronger FM station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold BAND for two seconds AF ON displays The radio can switch to FM stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold BAND again for two seconds AF OFF displays The radio does not switch to stronger FM stations This function does not apply for XM Satellite Radio Service 183 Setting Preset PTYs RDS Only These pushbuttons have factory PTY presets Up to 12 PTYs six FM1 and six FM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Press BAND to select FM1 or FM2 2 Press PROG TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 3 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the PTY that was set returns if program type select mode is on 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 184 RDS Messages ALERT Alert warns of local or national emergencies When an alert announcement comes on the current radio station ALERT displays You will hear the announcement even if the volume is low or a CD is pla
181. ejected REMOVE CD displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after 25 seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player If the CD is pushed back into the player before the 25 second time period is complete the player senses an error and tries to eject the CD several times before stopping 205 Do not repeatedly press the CD eject button to eject a CD after trying to push it in manually The players 25 second eject timer resets at each press of eject causing the player to not eject the CD until the 25 second time period has elapsed Once the player stops and the CD is ejected remove the CD After removing the CD push the PWR knob off and then on again or wait for the system to reset This clears the CD sensing feature and enables CDs to be loaded into the player again lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays FWD gt Forward Press and hold this button to advance quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays 206 RPT Repeat With the repeat setting one track or an entire CD can be repeated To use repeat do the following e To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button RPT displays Press RPT again to t
182. el cluster comes on See Overdrive Off Light on page 174 Drive your vehicle with the overdrive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving when the overdrive is on Manual Transaxle Operation Five Speed Transaxle FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 111 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEUTRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine 112 REVERSE R To back up press down on the clutch pedal and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your
183. eld may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the childis properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat 47 Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag
184. ell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND ae SHOULDER BELTS TO crate ENGINE ee Se PROTECT OCCUPANT Suton AD cootant ering Ge DO NOT TWIST SAFETY i TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT 4 TURN FUSE EYES BY FASTEN SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG X CHARGING ACCESS U I BELTS SYSTEM PARKING CAUSTIC LAMPE ENGINE BATTERY MOVE SEAT P DO NOT INSTALL a COOLANT Abin COLD FULLY a AREAR FACING a CHILD RESTRAINT FAN CAUSE REARWARD dau 75 HAZARD SECURE IN THIS SEATING BURNS CH
185. en the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 162 83 4 NOTES 84 Section 2 Features and Controls Keys crano E 87 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 89 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 90 Doors and LOCKS aeee 92 DOOM LOCKS sccsiicacdis eeendiiastageid SETE gaan 92 Power Door LOCKS ra reelle 94 Rear Door Security Locks eeeeeeeee 95 Liftgate Liftglass aininn rense enes s 96 WAINGOWS serrer E 98 Manual Windows c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 Power Windows c0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 SUN VISOMS secarei buinne kA EUAN 99 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 0 100 Content Theft Deterrent cccceeeeeeeee 100 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 102 New Vehicle Break In 0 eeceeeeseeeeees 102 Ignition POSitiONS sessirnar 103 Starting the Engine 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeee
186. enance Normal Replacement Parts 370 Maintenance Schedule At Each Fuel Fill l a 386 At Least Once a Month sene 386 At Least Once a Year ccecce 388 At Least Twice a Year eseese 387 Brake System Inspection o n 393 Engine Cooling System Inspection 393 Exhaust System Inspection 0 0 0 392 Fuel System Inspection ccceeeeeeeeees 392 How This Section is Organized 374 Introduction ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 374 Maintenance Requirements 00 374 Part A Scheduled Maintenance SERVICES seis ene DE ER aE 376 Part B Owner Checks and Services 386 Part C Periodic Maintenance INSPECTIONS soon eee LEE 392 Part D Recommended Fluids and LUDTICAMS sorrires aan 394 Part E Maintenance Record ee 396 Scheduled Maintenance o on 377 Maintenance Schedule cont Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection Throttle System Inspection USINO apiason ahea i neea Your Vehicle and the Environment Malfunction Indicator Light oaeee Manual Seats isccciiiecnsccitsivien neeictenetvai vices Manual Transaxle PIGS eee anc E eee sarees ceeeteesenes Operation sssrin noriem Manual Windows ccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Manual Rearview Mirror cccccceeeee eee Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar Outside Convex
187. ened to any position The sunshade will open when the sunroof is opened The sunshade must be closed manually 131 4 NOTES 132 Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview 136 Hazard Warning Flashers cecen 138 Other Warning Devices 06 eeeee 138 FLOM sears cing cede EE E E E TA 138 Tilt Wheel nanan 139 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 139 Turn and Lane Change Signals 140 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 140 Flash tO PASS senean aan 141 Windshield Wipers eeeeeeeeereenn 141 Windshield Washer seenen 142 Rear Window Wiper Washer n se 142 Cruise Control 0 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Exterior LAMPS 2s atcisasaseeoneeshivecsnseertecesiees 146 Headlamps on Reminder isece 146 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 147 Automatic Headlamp System n a 147 Fod LAMPS rririk enakane 148 Instrument Panel Brightness 148 Interior Lamps Control s e 149 Entry LIMIN seere ede 149 Reading LAMPS 5 forene 150 Accessory Power Outlet S 0 0 0 150 Instrument Panel Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating CUME doseren issan a en ar aa Aa 151 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 151 Climate Controls cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeee teenie 152 Climate Control System ceeeees 152 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeeees 155 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 156 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators
188. engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located on the driver s side of the engine compartment 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you
189. erience See Defensive Driving on page 222 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving 177 Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle su
190. erson and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinkers body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol 223 According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka 224 It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the li
191. es or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transaxle overheating Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P for an automatic transaxle or into gear for a manual transaxle yet When parking uphill turn your wheels away from the curb When parking downhill turn your wheels into the curb 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your
192. escceacceeerest eee de 231 PAPKUING E E 114 System INSpection ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 393 System Warning Light eee 166 Brake its suis uti cand na ES a dass 306 BAKO eoa TE 226 420 Braking in Emergencies aene 229 Break In New Vehicle ccccceeeeeeeeee ees 102 Bulb Replacement eeccseseeeeeeeeeeees 315 Back Up Lamps eccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeees 320 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMS L siisii 317 Halogen Bulbs 22222600 0 SEEK ENES ENES K LEE RK AEK 315 Headlamps Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps seeen 316 Replacement Bulbs cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 320 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps 318 Buying New Tires cccseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeees 336 C California Fuel W u u u sdsseeeeeeerrrreeennn nn nn nnnee 275 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 1 1 1 273 Canadian Owners M W W M ssseseseeeeeeerrereee rn ener nnnen 3 Capacities and Specifications 369 Carbon Monoxide 96 119 248 261 Care of Safety Belts swiss deeeicadidansass 357 Your CD Player aee 219 Your CDS iiss aeuetis vidoes tines 219 Cargo COVER aismesgiiissc imesti skenirani tennie 129 Cargo Te DOWNS is sies onionenn iaa 130 CD MPS rrasa e a 210 Center Console Storage Area aeee 127 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 317 Chains TIS wssissisecessaveetcdunenvedseanneadceatauvedanan 341 Charging System Lig
193. essing down and moving the metal retainer away from you Turn the turn signal parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise to remove Pull the bulb out of the fixture Reverse the steps to install a new bulb Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL To replace the center high mounted stoplamp bulb do the following 1 Locate the bulb which is on the inside of the liftgate liftglass near the top 2 Remove the two clips on both sides of the cover and remove it 3 Remove the two screws from the CHMSL housing Then remove the housing to expose the bulb 317 kk GZ Sa Nia JIES SS FT Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out of the lamp housing Pull the bulb straight out of the socket Reverse the previous steps to install a new bulb 318 Taillamps Turn Signal and Stoplamps A Stoplamp Taillamp B Turn Signal Lamp To replace the turn signal and or stop taillamp bulbs do the following 2 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it out of the lamp housing 3 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Reverse the previous steps to install a new bulb Reinstall the cover 1 Remove the storage compartment cover in 5 the rear cargo area of the vehicle to access the bulbs 319 Back Up Lamps The back up lamp bulb is located in the bumper To replace the back up lamp bulb do the following 1 Reach up under the rear fascia to locate th
194. etween the head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 55 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 49 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 56 Buckle the belt If the buckle does not click check to be sure that you are using the correct buckle The buckle for the center rear passenger position has the word CENTER on it Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you
195. evious How the System Alarm is Activated The system will activate the alarm under the following conditions e If the drivers or front passenger s door is procedure The doors and liftgate should be locked with the key or remote keyless entry transmitter Be sure to wait until the indicator light starts flashing Unlock the driver s door from the inside The system should activate the alarm Stop the alarm as described in the disarming procedure following Repeat this operation for the other doors Also check that the system is activated when the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected If the system does not work properly have it checked by your dealer unlocked or if any of the other doors or the liftgate is forcibly opened without the key or remote keyless entry transmitter If the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected If the ignition is hot wired If the side window glass is broken or damaged The indicator light will come on when the system is activated If the driver s or front passenger s doors are unlocked without using the key or remote keyless entry transmitter the other doors and the liftgate will be automatically locked again After one minute the alarm will automatically stop and the indicator light will start flashing again 101 Reactivating the System Once the system is set it will automatically reset the alarm after the alarm stops The alarm w
196. evious station and stay there The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band A SCAN V Press and hold either SCAN arrow for two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning To scan preset stations press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than four seconds until PSCAN and the preset number displays A double beep sounds The radio goes to the first preset station stored on your pushbuttons plays for a few seconds then goes to the next preset station Press either SCAN arrow again to stop scanning presets The radio scans stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM six XM1 and six XM2 if equipped can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the station that was set returns and the equalization that was selected is stored for that pushbutton 5 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton 181 Setting the Tone Bass Treble TONE Press and release this button until BASS MID midrange o
197. f so is it all the way in If it is then turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard Turn the key only with your hand Using a tool to force it could break the key or the ignition switch If none of these work then your vehicle needs service A LOCK This is the only position from which you can remove the key This locks your steering wheel ignition and automatic transaxle Push in the ignition switch as you turn the key toward you If you have an automatic transaxle the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P A CAUTION On manual transaxle vehicles turning the key to LOCK and removing it will lock the steering column and result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key only to ACC Do not push the key in while the vehicle is moving B ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories such as the radio but not the ventilation fan It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition To move the key from ACC to LOCK push in the key and then turn it to LOCK 103 C ON This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in the ON position when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use ON to operate your electrical accessories incl
198. ffects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 354 329 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 330 Tire Pressure Monitor System Your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor System TP
199. ffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays If the brackets are on the display and TRAF is not press the TRAF button to remove the brackets or use the TUNE knob or the SEEK arrows to go to a station that broadcasts traffic announcements If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays The radio plays the traffic announcement if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements and the brackets are displayed This function does not apply to XM Satellite Radio Service Radio Messages If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 216 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If you insert a CD with the radio off and the ignition on it starts to play If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When the CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded i
200. for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children 87 One key is used for the ignition the doors and all other locks When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer removes the key tag from the key and gives it to the first owner 88 Each tag has a code on it that tells your dealer or a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys Keep the tag in a safe place If you lose your key you ll be able to have a new one made easily using this code If you need a new key contact your dealership to obtain the correct key code See Roadside Assistance Program on page 406 for more information Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Remote Keyless Entry RKE System If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference rece
201. ft lever in PARK P Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps The automatic transaxle dipstick has an orange handle and is located near the front of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for more information on location 1 Release the tab and pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel 2 Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be between the two dimples in the hot range 4 If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way then press the tab down to lock the dipstick in place 291 How to Add Automatic Transaxle Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transaxle fluid to use See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the area between dimples on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty
202. g hole 3 If the fluid level is good install the plug and be sure it is fully seated If the fluid level is low add more fluid as described in the next steps How to Add Fluid Here is how to add fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 1 Remove the filler plug 2 Add fluid at the filler plug hole Add only enough fluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of the filler plug hole 3 Install the filler plug Be sure the plug is fully seated Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting The master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid It is not necessary to regularly check the fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system Adding fluid will not correct a leak The hydraulic clutch and brake master cylinder use the same reservoir A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 293 When to Check and What to Use The reservoir is located at the back of the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for more information on location Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often you should check the fluid level in your master cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid See Part B Owner Checks and Services on page 386 and Part
203. g vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may
204. ge The elapsed time of the track displays RDM 3 Random Press this pushbutton to hear the tracks in random rather than sequential order RDM and the track number displays Press RDM again to turn off random play 444 Reverse Press and hold this pushbutton to reverse quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release the pushbutton to play the passage The elapsed time of the track displays EQ Equalizer Press EQ to select an equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is set when a CD is played See EQ listed previously for more information If you select an EQ setting for your CD it is activated each time a CD is played A SEEK V Press the down arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than eight seconds have played Press the up arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD A SCAN V Press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN and the track number displays and a beep sounds The CD goes to the next track plays for a few seconds then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning RCL Recall Push this button to see how long the current track has been playing To change the default on the display track and elapsed time push the button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The
205. ger Compartment Air Filter Passenger Sensing System c ceeeeeeee PASSING arrene e E e Power Accessory Outlet s Door Locks Electrical System 428 Power cont Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Current 151 Steering Fluid 225 so ole eee eier ees 304 WINDOWS c2icscssndeedoctsievanssanedcnnceanends anne 99 Pretensioners Safety Belt cceeeeeees 36 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts 22 Radiator Pressure Cap nesses 297 atelo Nor AET E E E E 177 Care of Your CD Player eeen 219 Care of Your CDS eener 219 Radio with CD ora arsen 179 188 Radio with Six Disc CD eee 198 Setting the Time eceeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 178 Understanding Reception eeee 218 Reading LAMps sr eee eee 150 Rear Cargo Accessory Track System 129 Rear Door Security Locks ecce 95 Rear Seat Operation 16 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 33 Rear Storage Area eseese 128 Rear Windshield Washer Wipet 0 142 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar 006 Rearview Mirrors Reclining Seatbacks W u sssseeererrereenrenn nn erne Recreational Vehicle Towing Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation rain ere euina Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spate TIE vesivacnwsvetecrncisevantavssen sutseavareorecees Removing the Spar
206. gnals The turn signal has an upward for right and a downward for left position These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change If you signal a turn or a lane change and notice the arrow flashing rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal 140 If a bulb is burned out have it replaced to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check for burned out bulbs and then check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 365 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer The headlamps must be on for this feature to work For high beams push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster also will be on It will go off when you switch to the low beams To switch back to low beams pull the lever toward you Flash to Pass With the lever in the low beam position pull the lever toward you to momentarily switch to high beams to signal that you are going to pass If y
207. gnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada the service bulletin reference number can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 This reference number is needed to order the service bulletin from Helm Inc RETAIL SELL PRICE 6 00 US Processing Fee 417 Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 US Processing Fee Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 US Processing Fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle 418 ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are
208. h the SET reset button for a 2 9 few seconds SET The reset button is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The low tire warning light should go off 332 4 Press and hold the SET reset button until the low tire warning light comes on and flashes on off three times The tire pressure warning reset button starts the reset initialization process If the low tire pressure warning light does not flash while you hold the reset button the system might be malfunctioning and needs service See your GM dealer for service The system completes the reset initialization process after driving at vehicle speeds of at least 19 mph 30 km h to 62 mph 100 km h for more than one hour Do not push the SET reset button while driving If you do the initialization process is cancelled The initialization process can take up to approximately one hour of driving under the following conditions e The vehicle speed is between 31 mph 50 km h and 62 mph 100 km h e The roads are dry smooth and straight e The number of passengers is one or two including the driver The low tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low or it could come on when the tire inflation pressure is set correctly under the following circumstances e A compact spare tire snow tires or tire chains are installed on your vehicle e The tires are over inflated or the tire inflation press
209. h OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service 126 Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well Your vehicle must have a working electrical system includi
210. handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 219 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD 204 Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section LOAD CD amp Press the LOAD side of this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and release the LOAD button 3 Wait for the indicator light located to the right of the slot to turn green 4 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side
211. hange engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace engine air cleaner filter or every 24 months whichever occurs first See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 288 for more information Q Replace passenger compartment air filter Q Inspect engine accessory drive belts or every 48 months whichever occurs first Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary An Emission Control Service QO Inspect for tappet noise and engine vibration Adjust valve clearance to factory specifications if necessary or every 48 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service QO Inspect fuel tank cap cap gasket and lines for damage or leaks or every 24 months whichever occurs first Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnote t Q Change manual transaxle fluid every 30 000 miles 48 000 km only if your vehicle is used to tow a trailer Q Change automatic transaxle fluid every 60 000 miles 96 000 km if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing
212. he knob toward HI to increase fan speed on IN N Operation If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 156 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 377 To change the current mode select one of the following 74 Vent Air is directed to the upper instrument panel outlets YA Bi Level Air is directed to the upper instrument panel outlets and to the floor outlets tp Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets and to the outboard outlets for the side windows CA Recirculation Press this button located in the center of the instrument panel to the left of the audio system to turn the recirculation mode on or off This mode recirculates the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering your vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly When the button is pressed an indicator light in the button comes on Press the button again to turn off recirculate and to circulate outside air through the system The indicator light will go off Recirculate is automatically turned off when the climate control system mode knob is turned to defog or defrost or is between modes Temperature Control Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle
213. hen you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They are a big help Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel is left in the fuel tank and many other things you need to drive safely and economically United States Cluster shown Canada similar 159 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your vehicle s speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven If your vehicle needs a new odometer installed the new one must be set to the mileage total of the old odometer If it cannot then it is set at zero and a label must be put on the drivers door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed See your dealer for more information 160 Trip Odometers The trip odometers can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero The button located on the right side of the instrument panel cluster allows you to switch between the odometer and the two trip odometers on apaan OUTSIDE wi GOG TEMP nl Bnl OF Pre
214. her position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transaxle The shift lever should be in the neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down That is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition
215. hicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle 257 If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they CAUTION Continued will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will e Never stack heavier things like keep going suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of Z CAUTION the seats Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the rear area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly If you have fold down rear Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to seats you will find four anchors on the back wall of your trunk You can use these anchors to tie down lighter loads They are not strong enough for heavy things however so put them as far forward as you can in the trunk or rear area CAUTION Continued 258 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 406 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purp
216. hicle Move the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The control at the bottom of the mirror is the day night feature that allows adjustment to the mirror so that the glare of headlamps from behind is reduced Pull the control for night driving to reduce glare push it to return to the day position The mirror may have map lights beneath the mirror Press the switch to turn each light on or off Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar The vehicle may have an inside rearview mirror with OnStar See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 123 for information on the services OnStar provides While sitting in a comfortable position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Move the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The control at the bottom of the mirror is the day night feature that allows adjustment to the mirror so that the glare of headlamps from behind is reduced Move the control from left to right for day or night conditions 121 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror While sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The mirror may have an automatic dimming feature that darkens gradually to reduce the glare of headlamps from behind When the ignition ke
217. hicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your automatic transaxle vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pulling it toward you If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 116 Torque Lock Automatic Transaxle If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 115 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transa
218. ht pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants i IS Ms in W A i nity Oi N EQ L R The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Ina crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 25 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Ses S LIN A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 26 Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force at your
219. ht eese 165 Check Engine Light sitesi ssvcarieiwedeetvestietineeceses 170 Checking Things Under the Hood 280 Chemical Paint Spotting u u scsseeeerrrree 361 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeees 43 Infants and Young Children eeeeeeeeeee 40 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 49 Older Children cecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 37 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION sausecssvivivecssdevdansvacescepemuvenaseti ovens 56 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position senere 58 Where to Put the Restraint 008 47 Cigarette Lighter siscccssccdesaacseateeeaeseteets sede caaus 151 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 359 Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 ceeeeeeeeeees 358 Fabric Carpet cccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 356 Finish Care sss tavectestawceesvaavettibiacscosaraveteeaas 358 Inside of Your Vehicle ceeeeeeees 354 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUAACES ssssvadccusacecnostacdsescudnatecenedwactenms 357 Cleaning cont LENGT arpinar a R 356 TICS E I N A TN 360 Underbody Maintenance n se 361 Washing Your Vehicle eseese 358 WeatherstripS ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeneneeeeeees 358 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades ccccseeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 359 Climate Control System seeen 152 Air Filter Passenger Compartment
220. icates that the fuel filler door is on the driver side of your vehicle The fuel gage works only when the ignition switch is ON When the gage first indicates E or empty you still have a little fuel left about 1 or 2 gallons 3 8 L or 7 6 L but you need to get more right away When your vehicle is low on fuel the low fuel warning light located below the empty mark will also come on to remind you to add fuel 176 Here are five things some owners ask about None of these show a problem with the fuel gage e At the gas station the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads F or full e t takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill it e t takes the gage several minutes to read F or full after filling the vehicle with fuel e The gage moves a little when you turn stop or speed up e The gage does not go back to E or empty when you turn off the ignition Low Fuel Warning Light This light is located on the fuel gage and comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel To turn it off add fuel to the fuel tank See Fuel on page 274 for more information Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving exp
221. ice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you 266 Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lan
222. icle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 98 Manual Windows Use the window crank to open and close each window Power Windows If your vehicle has this feature the switches controlling the driver s and passenger s windows are located on the driver s door The power window switch on each passenger door controls that window only These switches work while the ignition is turned to ON Press the front of a switch to lower a window and lift the front of the switch to raise a window AUTO Express Down Press this switch all the way down and release it to lower the drivers window quickly fa Lock Out Press the window lock out button located near the driver s power door lock switches to disable the passenger s power window switches Press the button again to enable the window switches Only the driver s window will operate with the lock out button pressed Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the sun visors You can also swing them to the side The visors can be slid along the rod for extended coverage for the side windows unless your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags Visor Vanity Mirror Swing down the sun visor to expose the vanity mirror The vanity mirror may have a cover Lift the cover to expose the mirror 99 Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft de
223. ight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 How you load your vehicle a
224. ill activate again under the same conditions as described earlier Disarming the System The alarm can be disarmed by doing one of the following e Turn the ignition key from LOCK to ON e Unlock any of the doors with the key or with the remote keyless entry transmitter If the liftgate or liftglass is opened with the key the system will still be activated 102 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 267 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions Notice If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you cannot turn it be sure you are using the correct key i
225. in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has a light that comes on as a reminder to buckle up See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 167 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 19 Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 20 The person keeps going until stopped by or the instrument panel something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 21 or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense 22 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts
226. inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag CAUTION Continued 48 CAUTION Continued if equipped under certain conditions no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that
227. ipped or side impact airbag module and ceiling covering for the roof mounted side impact airbags if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Th
228. ires on page 322 248 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently to
229. ithout pressing A C unless the outside temperature is at or below 32 F 0 C Defrost Air is directed to the windshield instrument panel outlets and the side windows The air conditioning compressor will run automatically in this setting without pressing A C unless the outside temperature is at or below 32 F 0 C Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear 154 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to clear fog from the rear window The rear window defogger button is located on the center of the instrument panel above the audio system The defogger does not operate with the rear liftglass opened m The rear window defogger will only work when the ignition is in the ON position Gt Rear Defogger Press the defogger button to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light in the button comes on to let you know that the rear window defogger is activated Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible The rear window defogger will turn off automatically approximately 15 minutes after the button is pressed The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by y
230. ived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service 89 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation If your vehicle has this feature you can lock and unlock your doors from about 3 feet 1 m up to 30 feet 9 m away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicl
231. k fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty 300 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank If you have not found a problem yet but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant recovery tank See Engine Coolant on page 294 for more information about the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and a proper coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylen
232. kage Chassis Lubrication Usage Fluid Lubricant Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hood and as GM Part No U S 12346241 g in Canada 10953474 Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Weatherstrip Conditioning 395 Part E Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading and who performed the service and any additional information from Owner Checks and Services or Periodic Maintenance on the following record pages Also you should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 400 Reporting Safety Defects 000000 416 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 400 Reporting Safety Defects to the United Online Owner Center eeeeeeeeeeee eee 403 States Government a se 416 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian TTY USCIS casicvssvetrtentincattetntiiedasies 404 GOVEMMENE sasicecuvi
233. kle does not click check to be sure that you are using the correct buckle The buckle for the center rear passenger position has the word CENTER on it When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 36 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body yon AS Wis D er SE Se Se yy ER 7 AK M j We i iD Z The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle 35 Safety Belt
234. lacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you will want to use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 417 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 80 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Part E Maintenance Record on page 396 273 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance GM recommends the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline 274
235. layer pulls it in and READING DISC displays The CD should begin playing and the CD symbol displays If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or the RCL button 212 If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 219 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded ona personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If
236. ld The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Current With this power outlet you can plug in auxiliary electrical equipment with a maximum limit of 115 VAC If you try to use equipment that requires more than the limit a protection circuit will cut the power supply The power will automatically restart when equipment that operates within the limit is plugged in ACII5V 100W T The power outlet is located near the center of the instrument panel Before using the outlet turn on the ignition and press the button next to the outlet An indicator light in the button will come on After using the outlet press the button again to turn it off The power outlet is not designed for the following electrical equipment and they may not work properly e Equipment with high initial peak wattage cathode ray tube type televisions compressor driven refrigerators electric power tools e Other equipment requiring an e
237. le do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink 225 Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 272 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 166 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First
238. lever to adjust the seatback to a comfortable position 15 Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation You can fold either side of the seatback down for more cargo space The rear right side seatback can also be used as a temporary table while the vehicle is stopped Make sure the front seatback is not reclined or in the rearward most position If it is the rear seatback will not fold down all the way A CAUTION A rear seatback folded forward or any other object contacting or pressing the front seatback may affect the proper functioning of the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 74 To fold either seatback down do the following 1 Pull up on the lock release knob located on the top outboard side of the seatbacks Hi TT HI PEE ber TT ELIE LEE 7 ITITI ATE mn Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Fold the seatback down Each seatback can be folded separately To raise the seatback do the following A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting the
239. lvic bones in a crash 39 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 40 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously
240. me or ee Shine protects in one easy step and Polish stainless steel no wiping necessary White Sidewall Removes soil and black Medium foaming Tire Cleaner marks from whitewalls shampoo Cleans and Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Wash Wax Concentrate lightly waxes Removes dirt grime Bl orEgrAd ab ane Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints a Removes dirt and grime y r i removes spots and stains from chrome wheels and Spot Lifter from carpets vinyl and wire wheel covers cloth upholstery Removes dust Odorless spray odor Finish Enhancer fingerprints and surface Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics Se a Spray on vinyl leather and carpet Chrome and Wire Wheel Cleaner 362 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following inf
241. mit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many peop
242. mming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM In the U S at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 or in Canada at www xmradio ca or call 1 877 GET XMSR 438 9677 Playing the Radio PWR Power Push this knob to turn the system on and off VOL Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or to decrease the volume 180 RCL Recall Push this button to display the time with the ignition off For RDS push the RCL button to change what displays while using RDS The display options are station RDS station frequency PTY program type and the name of the program if available For XM if equipped push the RCL button while in XM mode to retrieve four different categories of information related to the current song or channel Artist Song Title Category or PTY Channel Number Channel Name To change the default on the display push the RCL button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display becomes the default Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 AM or XM1 or XM2 if equipped The display shows the selection TUNE Turn this knob to select radio stations A SEEK V Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the pr
243. mpact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof mounted side impact airbags may still be at least partially inflated minutes after the vehicle comes to rest Some components of the airbag module the steering wheel hub for the driver s airbag the instrument panel for the right front passenger s bag the side of the seatback closest to the door for the seat mounted side impact airbags if equipped and the garnish trim and the area along the ceiling of your vehicle near the side windows for the roof mounted side impact airbags if equipped may be hot for a short time The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag de
244. n the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum selection width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the Unites States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements 338 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 11 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The
245. n for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly And if you have anti lock brakes do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both systems won t work well or at all Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch platform and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working 265 Following Distance Stay at least tw
246. n or child in the rear seat contacting or pressing the right front passenger s seatback or objects stowed under the right front passengers seat may affect the proper functioning of the passenger sensing system When you use a Safety belt extender in the right front passenger s seat make sure the passenger airbag status indicator shows the word ON If the indicator shows OFF disconnect the extender s latch from the buckle then reconnect the safety belt Make sure the indicator light shows ON then reconnect the safety belt extender If you use the safety belt extender while the indicator light shows OFF the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner may not activate correctly See Airbag System on page 63 for important safety information about your airbags The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags and pretensioner to be enabled the ON indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags and pretensioner are active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may
247. n the same manner 185 If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 219 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen 186 Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section gt 1 Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release the pushbutton to play the passa
248. nd can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 308 Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications Rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Also the rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When you have the front brake pads replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets See Brake System Inspection on page 393 Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Eve
249. nd to play the track 196 A SCAN V Press and hold either arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN and the track number displays and a beep sounds The CD goes to the next track plays for a few seconds then goes to the next track Press either arrow again to stop scanning RCL Recall Push this button to see how long the current track has been playing To change the default on the display track and elapsed time push the button until the desired option displays then hold the button until the display flashes The selected display is now the default While elapsed time displays CD TIME displays BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD symbol displays when a CD is loaded amp Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject can be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs can be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first Playing an MP3 CD R Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has this feature it is capable of playing an MP3 CD R disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R disc see Using an MP3 on page 210 later in this section CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very
250. nderhood electric fan 312 A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable
251. ness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 245 Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slo
252. ng system and other important safety information Your vehicle has a label on the sun visor that says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped under certain conditions no CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats on page 8 59 If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors
253. ng adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by a dealer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has 3 expired You can always press the blue OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by pulling up on the bottom of the handle Cupholder s There are two fixed cupholders located in the console area between the two front seats There are also two cupholders that fold out of the rear of the console storage unit Coinholder s Your instrument panel may have a coinholder located to the left of the steering wheel and on the center console near the parking brake Instrument Panel Storage Area There are storage compartments located on the instrument panel in two places They are below the interior instrument panel brightness dial and below the shift lever Pull the top of the do
254. ng and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You also may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 277 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off 171 Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 274 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start u
255. nger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the drivers seat OnStar System elle le OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you 123 OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see
256. ngine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution 252 A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning the wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting the transaxle back and forth you can destroy the transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 253 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 341 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right
257. ning Light fm SS If it stays on or comes on while you are driving there is a problem with your Traction Control System TCS The TCS warning light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON It will come on again when you press the TRAC OFF button to turn off the TCS See Traction Control System TCS on page 230 for more information In the following cases contact your dealer e The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is turned to ON e The indicator light remains on after the ignition is turned ON e The indicator light comes on with the normal driving mode while driving 168 This light should come on briefly when you start the engine StabiliTrak Indicator Light This light warns that there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS or the Vehicle Stability Control VSC system VSC The light will come on when the ignition is turned to ON and will go off after a few seconds If the light comes on while driving the system does not work However as conventional braking operates when applied there is no problem to continue driving In the following cases contact your dealer The warning light does not come on after the ignition is turned to ON The warning light remains on after the ignition is turned to ON e The warning light comes on while driving The TCS light will come on when the VSC system warning light comes on even if the TRAC OFF button is not pressed
258. o If you do have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 227 This system improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether you have ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can 249 Remember unless you have ABS if you brake so hard that your wheels stop rolling you will just slide Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can still steer e Whatever your braking system allow greater distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 250 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do
259. o evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light If there is a problem with the oil this light may stay on after you start the engine or come on while you are driving A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This indicates that there is not enough oil pressure to keep the engine properly lubricated and cool The engine could be low on oil or have some other oil related problem Have it fixed right away The oil light could also come on in three other situations e When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light comes on as a test to show you it is working but the light goes out when you turn the ignition to START If it does not come on with the ignition on you could have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away e Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop th
260. o help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 53 1 54 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether an
261. of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 162 for more on this including important safety information Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers or seat backpacks can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat covers seat backpacks or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 81 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 79 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 417 80 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part
262. on to display the artist name and album contained in the tag INFO disappears from the display when the information in the ID3 tag has finished BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD symbol displays when a CD is loaded amp Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject may be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs can be loaded with the radio and ignition off if this button is pressed first 215 XM Radio Messages Radio Display Message Action Required XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle moves into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text after a four second delay data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly CH
263. ontrol System STOP Control System Anti lock Brakes Cruise Control Gauges and Meters Back Up GAUGE DOOR Power Door Locks Liftglass Lock Lamps Charging System Power Door Locks Power Windows Sunroof Air Conditioning Cruise Control AM1 Cigarette Lighter Gauge ECU IG Wiper Rear Wiper Washer Fuses WASHER _ Windshield Washers Cruise Control Anti lock Brakes M HTR DEF i ECU IG Theft Deterrent System Automatic Engine Control System Transaxle Control System Electric HTR Air Conditioning System Cooling Fan HR Rear Window Defogger rr MATRIDEF 1 0P Puss Air Conditioning POWER Power Windows Electric Moon Roof 366 Engine Compartment Fuse Block This engine compartment fuse block is located in ABS NO 2 Without Steiity Control SEN the engine compartment on the driver s side of RDI FAN Electric Cooling Fan the vehicle near the air cleaner See Engine Antilock Brake Svstem Compartment Overview on page 282 for more ABS NO 1 With Stability Col System information on location Front Fog Lamps Multiport Fuel Injection System EFI2 Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Emission Control System Multiport Fuel Injection Systern EFI3 Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Emission Control System 3 Agi FAN a CLT ame sas fro ass E21 No 21 FAN JNO 1 HEAD 1 EJ ALT As T HETI Er i F s i il i k 3 z EBET LE Led Lee Right Headlamp Left Headlamp HEAD MAIN Buses ALT S
264. ooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night 243 When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower
265. or toward you to open it or for the compartment below the shift lever push the button to open it Center Console Storage Area A storage area is located in the console between the seats To access the storage area pull up the lock release lever while raising the lid Floor Mats The driver s side floor mat is held in place by two locator hooks Be sure the driver s side floor mat is properly placed on the floor so that it does not block the movement of the accelerator pedal 127 How to Remove and Replace the Floor Mat To remove the floor mat pull up on the rear of the mat to disconnect it from the locator hooks To reinstall the floor mat line up the openings in the floor mat over the locator hooks and push down into place 128 Rear Storage Area A storage area is located under the rear cargo area floor panel Turn the knobs on the floor panel to unlock the storage area access cover Be sure to lock the access cover to close it securely Rear Cargo Accessory Track System Your vehicle has a track system located on the floor of the rear cargo area This system can be used to carry accessories in your vehicle in many ways by using the tie down anchors provided in your vehicle or accessory packages available from your GM dealer Make sure the cargo being carried in the rear cargo area is secure See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Cargo Cover To use the cargo cover loosen the str
266. or more than two seconds searches the previous or next tracks at two tracks per second When the desired track number displays release the arrow to stop searching and to play the track TUNE Turn this knob to fast track reverse or advance through tracks in all folders or playlists The track number and file name appears on the display for each track Turn this knob while in random to fast track reverse or advance the tracks in sequential order RCL Recall Push this button to switch between track mode folder or playlist mode and time of day mode The display shows only 13 characters but there can be up to three pages of text If there are more than 13 characters in the song folder or playlist name pushing this button within two seconds takes you to the next page of text If there are no other pages to be shown pushing this button within two seconds takes you to the next display mode Track mode displays the current track number and the ID3 tag song name Folder playlist mode displays the current folder or playlist number and the folder playlist name Time of day mode displays the time of day and the ID3 tag song name To change the default on the display push this button until you see the desired display then hold this button for two seconds The radio produces one beep and the selected display is now the default INFO Information INFO displays whenever a current track has ID3 tag information Press this butt
267. or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate or liftglass e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your climate control system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System in the Index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 119 The rear door locks will now work normally 96 Liftgate Liftglass Release To open the liftglass using the key insert the key into the keyhole and turn clockwise to the To unlock and open the liftgate using the key second position Use the handle in the center of insert the key into the keyhole and turn the liftglass to help in lifting the glass counterclockwise Raise the liftgate by hand Your vehicle may have a liftglass release button which is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Press this button to release the liftglass When closing the liftgate use the handle to pull it down To lock the liftgate turn the key clockwise to the first position 97 Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a veh
268. ormation e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 363 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 80 364 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off or in some cases to remain off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem and not snow or ice be sure to get it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the
269. orrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 369 for wheel nut torque specification 11 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 350 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 369 for the wheel nut torque specification 12 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place The compact spare tire storage area is designed only for the compact spare tire the standard tire cannot be stored there To store the flat tire do the following 1 Remove the center wheel cap before storing the flat tire if y
270. oses such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturers recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 244 259 Dinghy Towing 2 Turn the ignition to ACC to avoid locking the steering wheel Make sure the audio system If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle it is turne
271. ou are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 272 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action
272. ou have the headlamps on when you release the lever they will return to the low beams Windshield Wipers The lever on the right side of the steering column controls the windshield wipers and washer Move the lever to one of the following positions MIST Move the lever to MIST for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the wipers start then let go The wipers will stop after one wipe OFF Move the lever to this position to turn the wipers off INT Intermittent Move the lever to INT to choose a delayed wiping cycle The time between wipes can be changed by turning the INT band Turn the band forward or rearward for a longer or shorter delay interval This position is useful in light rain or snow rather than continuous wiping LO Low Move the lever to LO for steady wiping at low speed HI High Move the lever to HI for steady wiping at high speed REAR Turn the end of the lever upward to LO or HI to turn on the rear window wiper The wiper does not work with the rear liftglass open 141 Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If the blades become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload the wipers A circuit breaker stops them until the motor cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you to spray washer fluid on
273. our vehicle has aluminum wheels 2 Place the flat tire on the rear cargo area floor panel with the outer side of the wheel facing up 351 3 Use the tire tie down straps located under the floor panel to secure the flat tire 5 Pass the straps through the center hole of the wheel 4 Hook the straps end closest to the buckle to 6 Attach the other end of the straps to the rear the rear upper tie down hooks lower tie down hooks 352 A Jack D Spare Tire B Wheel Wrench E Jack Handle 7 Position the tire edge against the rear center C Bolt F Nut end of the floor panel Pull the end of the straps to make sure the tire is secure Return the jack A jack handle E wheel i wrench B and compact spare tire to the storage Use the following diagram as a guide for storing area When storing the compact spare tire put it in the compact spare tire once you are done using it place with the inner side of the wheel facing up 353 Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when your vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure your spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 50 mph 80 km h so you can finish your t
274. our warranty Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and outboard sides of the instrument panel to change the direction of the air flowing through the vents Operation Tips Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter following and Scheduled Maintenance on page 377 155 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Passenger compartment air both outside and recirculated air is routed through a passenger compartment air filter The filter removes certain contaminants from the air including pollen and dust particles Reductions in airflow which may occur more quickly in dusty areas indicate that the filter needs to be replaced early An air filter is available through your dealer For how often to change the air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 377 156 The access panel for the air filter is behind the glove box To replace the filter follow these steps 1 Lower the glove box door and remove the screw on
275. oximately 6 mph 10 km h It stops operating when the vehicle decelerates to a speed below approximately 3 mph 5 km h 231 Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this 232 The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control The same thing can happen if y
276. p stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed 172 Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the Check Engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed t
277. pe Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain 246 e Know how to go uphill You may want to shift VAN CAUTION down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better e Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at down They could get so hot that they speeds that let you stay in your own lane Sree aa ok pean an e As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled hill You could crash Always have the car or an accident engine running and your vehicle in gear e y i when you go downhill ou may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling e Know how to go down hills The most important rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these thing to know is this let your engine do some of and take appropriate action the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing 247 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Also see T
278. personalized trip routing as quickly as possible but it s best to allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance 407 e Alternative Service There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Pontiac s Bumper to Bumper warranty and the duration of the Base Warranty Coverage for Canadian cu
279. playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e If the CD does not contain any playlists then play begins from the first track under the root directory When all tracks from the root directory have played play continues from files according to their numerical listing After playing the last track from the last folder play begins again at the first track of the first folder or root directory When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display See RCL later in this section for more information The new track name displays 211 File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 39 characters or 3 pages are shortened The display does not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists which were created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The p
280. ployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off again by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts 73 e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 411 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that the airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system A passenger airbag status indicator on the instrument panel will be visible when you turn your ignition key to ON The words ON and OFF will be vi
281. portation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread 323 E Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires pRY USE O based on three performance factors treadwear var yBELESS COOOX Ge NL m T NGN Pa traction and temperature resistance For more 674 2 information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 338 F Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 oN we Ssaya rnis A n gt 8 E Cd D Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat See Compact Spare Tire on page 354 and If a Tire Goes Flat on p
282. position e With an automatic transaxle the ignition A CAUTION should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P When you are doing this check your e With a manual transaxle the ignition should vehicle could begin to move You or turn to LOCK only if you push the ignition others could be injured and property key in farther while turning it toward LOCK could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required 390 Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing Underbody Flushing Service downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take e To check the parking brake s holding ability care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and With the engine running and transaxle in other debris can collect NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required 391 Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed in
283. pounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 309 Vehicle Storage Jump Starting If you are not going to drive your vehicle for If your vehicle s battery has run down you may 25 days or more remove the black negative want to use another vehicle and some jumper cable from the battery This will help keep the cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use battery from running down the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and Batteries can hurt you They can be gas that can explode You can be badly dangerous because hurt if you are not careful See Jump e They contain acid that can burn you Starting on page 310 for tips on working e They contain gas that can explode or around a battery without getting hurt ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 310 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehi
284. properly the next time someone uses that seat When you use a safety belt extender in the right front passenger s seat make sure the passenger airbag status indicator shows ON See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 163 If the indicator shows OFF disconnect the extender s latch from the buckle then reconnect the safety belt Make sure the indicator light shows ON then reconnect the safety belt extender If you use the safety belt extender while the indicator light shows OFF the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbags if equipped may not activate correctly See Airbag System on page 63 for important safety information about your airbags Child Restraints Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts Older Children A If possible an older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children ne
285. r TREB treble displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the tone control can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to increase or to decrease the tone If a station is weak or has static decrease the treble To return all of the tone controls to the middle position press and hold the TONE button until FLAT displays EQ Equalizer Press this button to select customized equalization settings Up to six customized equalization settings can be programmed by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Use the TONE button and the SELECT knob to create the equalization 3 Press and hold the EQ button for two seconds SELECT EQ displays and the EQ symbol flashes 4 Press EQ or turn the SELECT knob to select the EQ number 182 5 Press and hold the EQ button to store the equalization setting and the number EQ SAVED displays and a beep sounds 6 Repeat the steps for the other EQ settings and numbers EQ 5 has been programmed at the factory for use with talk radio but it can be set to a different tone Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL Balance To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release this button until BAL balance displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers FADE To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers
286. r anchors 51 Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 47 for additional information 52 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens T
287. r damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 261 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 261 To shift into PARK P do the following 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and set the parking brake by pulling up on the parking brake lever Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle Turn the ignition key to LOCK Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 115 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the ve
288. r steering pump rear axle transfer case and automatic or manual transaxle fluid levels and add as needed See Power Steering Fluid on page 304 and Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 290 or Manual Transaxle Fluid on page 292 Check for leaks A fluid loss in these systems could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired at once 387 At Least Once a Year Key Lock Cylinders Service Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant specified in Part D Seat Operation Check Make sure the head restraints stay in position and all seat latches lock Check that the recliner holds by pushing and pulling the seatback while it is reclined Body Lubrication Service Lubricate all hood latch assembly secondary latch pivots spring anchor release pawl hood and body door hinges rear compartment and any folding seat hardware Part D tells you what to use More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment 388 Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 114 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts On automatic transaxle vehicles try to start
289. ram prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program 401 STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the
290. ration Pump Your vehicle is equipped with a vacuum pump for the vehicle s fuel evaporation system This pump performs a fuel evaporation leakage test approximately five hours after the engine is turned off You may hear a sound coming from underneath the rear cargo compartment for several minutes The noise is normal and does not signify a malfunction See your dealer with any questions 118 parue i A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision e Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Repairs were not done correctly e Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately 119 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running Bu
291. rbag is turned on If the word OFF is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped See Passenger Sensing System on page 74 for information about the conditions that may affect the airbag system and also important safety information lf after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of an airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 162 Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when you turn on the ignition with the engine not running as a check to show you it is working It should go out when the engine starts If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the electrical charging system It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must driv
292. re Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the 1 Pull the seatback up and push it back to lock safety belts are properly routed and it into place Make sure the safety belts are attached and are not twisted not twisted or caught in the seatback 2 Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position 17 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is
293. re designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 37 or Infants and Young Children on page 40 65 There is an airbag readiness light on the e instrument panel which r
294. re more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or an
295. reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels can cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio could display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player Do not use CD lens cleaners for CD players because the lens of the CD optics can become contaminated by lubricants Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly ben
296. ric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine 280 4 Release the hood prop rod from its retainer and put it into the slot in the hood To insert the hood prop rod into the slot move it straight up If it is moved to the side or toward the inside of the vehicle it may become detached Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Make sure to return the hood prop rod carefully back to its retainer to avoid damaging the vehicle 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and pull up on the secondary hood release The lever is located near the middle of the hood 3 Lift the hood 281 Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood here is what you will see Te N gt AY g se MA X A SD VT 282 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 305 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 304 Radiator Pressure Cap See Radiator Pressure Cap on
297. ring driving or in a crash 50 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Rear Seat amp Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the trim cover The top tether anchors are located on the floor of the rear cargo area Open the trim cover to access the anchors You may have to fold back the cargo mat to access the top tethe
298. rip and have your full size tire repaired or replaced where you want Of course it is best to replace your spare with a full size tire as soon as you can Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you need it again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use your compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix your compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep your spare tire and its wheel together 354 Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may requi
299. rive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is A CAUTION what you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at or above the FULL mark If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else A Electric Engine Cooling Fan in the cooling system B Engine Coolant Recovery Tank C Radiator Pressure Cap 299 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any lea
300. rom XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated Example 1 in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load Item Description Tota from your trailer will be transferred to your Vehicle Capacity Weight 999 Ips 453 k vehicle Consult this manual to determine how for Example 1 9 this reduces the available cargo and luggage Subtract Occupant load capacity of your vehicle M oe 300 Ibs 136 kg If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a c Available Occupant and Trailer on page 261 for important information on Cargo Weight s 9 towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips 255 Cem 256 Example 2 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 250 Ibs 113 kg Tien Example 3 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Refer to your
301. rom opening all the way when the primary latch is released Make sure the hood closes firmly See Hood Release on page 280 for further details At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect the tires and make sure the tires are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 At Least Twice a Year Restraint System Check Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Wiper Blade Check Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield Also see Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades on page 359 Weatherstrip Lubrication Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather more frequent application may be required See Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 394 Fluid Level Check Check the powe
302. rts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping gasoline Do not use a cellular phone while pumping gasoline 279 Checking Things Under Hood Release the Hood To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the release handle with this A CAUTION symbol on it It is located below the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel An elect
303. ry time you make a moderate brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop the brakes might not adjust correctly If you drive in that way then very carefully make a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000 miles 1 600 km so the brakes will adjust properly Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved GM replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for battery location Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com
304. s See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 45 000 Miles 72 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary Q Inspect passenger compartment air filter 379 50 000 Miles 80 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 55 000 Miles 88 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 380 60 000 Miles 96 000 km Q C
305. s isaret dinini 10 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 56 Right Front Seat Position ceeee 58 Service 0 ee cece cece cece teteteeeeeeeeeeeaaanaaeeeeeeeeeeeas 272 Accessories and Modifications 272 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your VOWICIG srazisi irar sade stew ap 274 California Proposition 65 Warning 273 Doing Your Own Work 0 c ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 273 Engine Soon Light 0 cceeeseeeeeeeeees 170 Publications Ordering Information 417 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 Sheet Metal Damage cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 360 Shifting Into Park P ceecescsssseeeeeeeeeeeeee 115 Shifting Out of Park P oseese 117 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 00 31 Signals Turn and Lane Change 2 140 Spare Tire Compact sir nas eee 354 iOS EAR erai le Eee 346 FREMOVING ide Rene EKS NENS 344 SONN einean e lanse 351 430 Specifications Capacities cceeee 369 Speedometer cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 160 StabiliTrak System sucesevscsuarenercdaetennsuandtansens 231 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 168 Starting Your Engine asss rese 104 SUSCHING ass ke ini ities 232 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection 066 392 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel see 139 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Ar
306. s Identification Label 363 Ventilation Adjustment ceeeeeereeeeee 155 E E E E E 99 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 158 Warnings Hazard Warning Flashers cc 138 Other Warning Devices n e 138 Safety and Symbols ceeccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 Vehicle Damage tijetssveced wcviecseeasunedssedudes dacs 5 Washer Fluid Low Warning Light 175 432 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 339 Different Size 2224 oase eng 337 Replacement 2 ao ere 340 Where to Put the Restraint 2 47 Windows siostre ronan eaa nesa 98 Manual caipiras gne r rE 99 POWER satcsdiscuicviephsderveasiebeesg esse 99 Windshield Backglass and Wiper Blades Cleaning 359 Washer adna paaa anane AEEA 142 Washer Fluid ix ao Ske neden 305 Wiper Blade Replacement aaeeea 321 Wiper FUSES Guus ssssseeerere renser nere renerne 364 WIPES arie sone 141 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper 142 Winter Driving ae na 248 X XM Radio Messages M GW Gsssssseesseeerrere renere rrnes 216 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 219 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment 374
307. s are recorded on a CD R disc e Make sure to finalize the disc when burning an MP3 disc using multiple sessions It is usually better to burn the disc all at once e Files can be recorded with a variety of fixed or variable bit rates Song title artist name and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less 210 The player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files Long file names folder names or playlist names can use more disc memory space than necessary To conserve space on the disc minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names You can also play an MP3 CD that was recorded using no file folders The system can support up to 11 folders in depth though keep the depth of the folders to a minimum in order to keep down the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback If a CD contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists 10 sessions and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum
308. s is significantly under inflated and when some combinations of the tires are significantly under inflated However there are other combinations of significantly under inflated tires for which the tire pressure monitoring system might not give a warning These other combinations are relatively common accounting for approximately half the instances in which vehicles have significantly under inflated tires For example the system might not warn you when both tires on the same side or on the same axle of your vehicle are significantly under inflated It is particularly important therefore to check the tire pressure in all of the tires regularly and maintain proper pressure In order for the tire pressure monitoring system to work properly you need to reset initialize the tire pressure monitoring system Any time you check and or adjust a tire s pressure repair or replace a tire or wheel or rotate the tires the tire pressure monitor system needs to be reset 331 Do not reset initialize the system without first correcting the cause of the low tire condition If the system is reset when the tire pressures are incorrect the system will not function properly and might not alert you when a tire is low To reset initialize the system 1 Park the vehicle at a safe place and apply the parking brake Turn the engine off 2 Turn the ignition to ON with the engine off 3 If the low tire aE i pressure warning light is on pus
309. s may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
310. s not broadcast traffic announcements press the TRAF button and the radio seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and brackets are displayed around TRAF If no station is found that broadcast traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays If the brackets are on the display and TRAF is not press the TRAF button to remove the brackets or use the TUNE knob or the SEEK arrows to go to a station that supports traffic announcements If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays The radio plays the traffic announcements if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements and the brackets display 203 Playing a CD If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been
311. s of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 336 and Accessories and Modifications on page 272 for additional information 337 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable o
312. s of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle out of the retractor to set the lock the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 61 6 62 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If the passenger sensing system has turned off the airbags and safety belt pretensioner the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to ON If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint with the ignition key in the ACC Accessory or LOCK position If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the ON indicator is still lit check to make sure that th
313. s on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on or keeps flashing after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system and safety belt pretension system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has a passenger airbag status indicator in the instrument panel The indicator next to the passenger airbag status indicator lights is the passenger safety belt reminder light PASSENGER See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 161 for more information on that indicator When the ignition key is turned to ON the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF if there is weight on the seat or if the safety belt is buckled to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped 163 Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a re
314. s properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 342 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
315. selected display becomes the default While elapsed time is showing CD TIME displays BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD symbol displays when a CD is loaded A Eject Press this button to eject a CD Eject can be activated with either the ignition or radio off CDs can be loaded with the ignition and radio off if this button is pressed first 187 CD Messages CHECK CD If this message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem 188 Radio with CD MP3 mC c gt bb RDM ig or US The Evite tess aia cD 4 5 6 AUX ca
316. separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels 228 ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly If your vehicle has the vehicle stability control system it includes a brake assist system which provides more powerful braking during a sudden hard brake application See Vehicle Stability Control System under Traction Control System TCS on page 230 Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have ABS you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have ABS your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hol
317. services can be complex so unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should let your GM dealer s service department do these jobs Your GM dealer has GM trained and supported service people that will perform the work using genuine GM parts A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 273 If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 417 Part B Owner Checks and Services tells you what should be checked and when It also explains what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition Part C Periodic Maintenance Inspections explains important inspections that your dealer s service department can perform for you Part D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants lists some recommended products necessary to help keep your vehicle properly maintained These products or their equivalents should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done Part E Maintenance Record is a place for you to record and keep track of the maintenance performed on your vehicle Keep your maintenance receipts They may
318. setting and the number A beep sounds and EQ SAVED displays 6 Repeat the steps for the other EQ settings and numbers EQ 5 has been programmed at the factory for use with talk radio but it can be set to a different tone Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL Balance To adjust the balance between the right and the left speakers press and release this button until BAL displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the right or the left speakers FADE To adjust the fade between the front and the rear speakers press and release this button until FADE displays The SELECT LED indicator lights to show that the speakers can be adjusted Turn the SELECT knob to move the sound toward the front or the rear speakers Pressing and holding the BAL FADE button for two seconds returns all speaker settings to the middle position 191 Finding a Program Type PTY Station RDS To select and find a desired PTY perform the following 1 Press PROG TYPE to activate program type select mode The PTY symbol displays 2 Turn the SELECT knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY displays press either SEEK arrow to select the PTY and to take you to the PTY s first station 4 To go to another station within that PTY and the PTY displays press either SEEK arrow once If the PTY is not displayed press either SEEK arrow twice to display the
319. shows the airbag FX symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 162 for more information 66 Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the If your vehicle has a seat mounted side impact instrument panel on the passenger s side airbag for the driver it is in the side of the drivers seatback closest to the door 67 If your vehicle has a seat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger it is in the side of the passenger s seatback closest to the door 68 If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver it is in the ceiling above the side windows If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that passenger it is in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other air
320. sible in the passenger airbag status indicator during the system check 74 When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF will be visible depending on whether the seat is occupied and or the weight of the occupant See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 163 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passengers frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat assembly and safety belt assembly The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag seat mounted side impact airbag if equipped and the safety belt pretensioner should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding ina forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is
321. sistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution prog
322. ss the button once to switch to TRIP A and again to switch to TRIP B To return the display to the odometer reading press the trip odometer button again To set the trip odometers to zero press and hold the button Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area Temperature Display The outside air temperature is displayed on the center of the instrument panel within the speedometer The display will show the outside air temperature in Fahrenheit with a range from 22 F to 122 F 30 C to 50 C Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to ON or START a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also flash until the driver s belt is buckled If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on LZ 161 Your vehicle also has a safety belt reminder light for the right front passenger position This light is located on the center of the instrument panel above the audio system PASSENGER AIRBAG When the key is turned to ON or START
323. ssory drive belts or 12 months since last inspection An Emission Control Service 80 000 Miles 128 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 382 85 000 Miles 136 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 90 000 Miles 144 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace engine air cleaner filter or every 24 months whichever occurs first See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 288 for more information Q Replace passenger compartment air filter Q Inspect engine accessory drive belts or 12 months since last inspection An Emission Control Service Q Inspect fuel tank cap
324. st longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 362 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain 358 Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 358 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be
325. stick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the indent at the tip of the dipstick you need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 369 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper hole the engine could be damaged ps gt I SAE WO RE ono See Engine Compartment Overview on page 282 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through 285 What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER elo LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle 286 These numbers on an oil container
326. stomers of the new Vehicle Limited Warranty However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle 408 e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Pontiac Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Canadian customers call 1 800 268 6800 Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Ro
327. stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 272 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle may have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid ABS Canada United States If your vehicle has ABS this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS the anti lock brake system warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 167 227 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will
328. t replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the antenna base located on the roof of the vehicle If tightening is required tighten by hand XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception A vehicle with a sunroof might not get the best performance from the XM system if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 219 4 NOTES 220 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 24 55k 222 Defensive Driving c sseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 222 Drunken Driving ssssseeeeere renere ennen ennen 223 Control of a Vehicle aaoo 226 BAKING onesie coies Seccaeevese Enae As RESEPTE RKENEN 226 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 08 227 Braking in Emergencies saene 229 Traction Control System TCS 230 StabiliTrak System scccisncacssesaicaseassanaccvarenss 231 Panic Brake Assist acnee 231 SEGNO sirrin incendie er ed here bene 232 Off Road Recovery sseeeeeerereernrnrrrnnee 234 PASSING os Ea drer 235 LOSS Of COMO cticescctcnsschisinievexeetanscsvesacdine 237 Driving at Night connie eaters 238 Driving Your Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 239 City
329. t are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your dealer for service 276 Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged smoking materials away from fuel Do not fuel door on the driver s side of the vehicle
330. t if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 119 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 248 120 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 115 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 261 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror While sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your ve
331. t towing a trailer with your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the vehicle trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section 261 Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What s more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 262 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this inform
332. tached to the bottom side of the panel and hook it over the weatherstripping Notice If you do not put the hook in the proper location you could damage your vehicle Always put the hook in the proper location in order to avoid damaging the vehicle 3 Remove the jack from the tray on the right side of the compartment and the jack handle and wheel wrench from the top side of the compartment BEE O am 2 rer MR un AS 4 Remove the center retaining nut and lift up The tools you will be using include the jack A the plastic tray to expose the compact jack handle B and wheel wrench C spare tire 5 Remove the center bolt from the compact spare tire and pull out the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 354 345 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Attach the jack handle to the jack 2 Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the lift head a little 4 Position the jack and raise the jack lift head to fit over the car flange between the two notches 3 Using the wheel wrench loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet 346 A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising
333. tern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 30 000 Miles 48 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Replace engine air cleaner filter or every 24 months whichever occurs first See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 288 for more information Q Replace passenger compartment air filter Q Inspect fuel tank cap cap gasket and lines for damage or leaks or every 24 months whichever occurs first Replace parts as needed An Emission Control Service See footnote tf Q Change manual transaxle fluid every 30 000 miles 48 000 km only if your vehicle is used to tow a trailer 35 000 Miles 56 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 40 000 Miles 64 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tire
334. terrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent If your vehicle has this feature the theft deterrent system is designed to activate an alarm if any of the side doors or the liftgate is forcibly unlocked or if the battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected while the system is set The alarm will sound the horn intermittently and flash the headlamps turn signal lamps and interior lights If the driver s or front passenger s side doors are unlocked forcibly the other side doors and the liftgate will be locked automatically Arming the System To arm the system do the following 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove it 2 Close and lock all doors and liftgate with the key or remote keyless entry transmitter 100 The indicator light located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel will come on when all doors and liftgate are closed and locked SECURITY The system will be automatically set after 30 seconds When the system is set the indicator light will start flashing After the indicator light starts flashing you may leave the vehicle Do not leave anyone in the vehicle when you set the system because unlocking the vehicle from the inside will activate the system Testing the Alarm To test the alarm do the following 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the system as described in the pr
335. than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out 244 Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid is the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of aware
336. the best advice for that particular area 107 Automatic Transaxle Operation There are several different positions for your shift lever FN UZ wd uw PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll CAUTION Continued 108 CAUTION Continued Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 115 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 261 Make sure that the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever push the shift lever all the way into PARK P and release the shift lever button as you maintain brake
337. this part are inspections and services which should be performed at least twice a year for instance each spring and fall You should let your dealer s service department do these jobs Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Proper procedures to perform these services may be found in a service manual See Service Publications Ordering Information on page 417 Steering Suspension and Front Drive Axle Boot and Seal Inspection Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts signs of wear or lack of lubrication Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Clean and then inspect the drive axle boot seals for damage tears or leakage Replace seals if necessary 392 Exhaust System Inspection Inspect the complete exhaust system Inspect the body near the exhaust system Look for broken damaged missing or out of position parts as well as open seams holes loose connections or other conditions which could cause a heat build up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 119 Fuel System Inspection Inspect the complete fuel system for damage or leaks Engine Cooling System Inspection Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace as needed Clean the outside of the radi
338. tion 193 TRAF Traffic If TRAF displays the tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements To receive the traffic announcement from the tuned station press this button Brackets are displayed around TRAF and when a traffic announcement broadcasts on the tuned radio station you will hear it If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements press the TRAF button and the radio seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and brackets are displayed around TRAF If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays If the brackets are on the display and TRAF is not press the TRAF button to remove the brackets or use the TUNE knob or the SEEK arrows to go to a station that supports traffic announcements If no station is found that broadcasts traffic announcements NO TRAFFIC displays The radio plays the traffic announcement if the volume is low The radio interrupts the play of a CD if the last tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements and the brackets display 194 Playing a CD Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and READING DISC and the CD symbol displays If you want to insert a CD with the ignition off first press the eject button or push the RCL button If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or r
339. tion puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 406 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the drivers name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee
340. tions within a PTY by performing the following 1 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode P TYPE and the last selected PTY displays 2 Turn the P TYPE knob to select a PTY 3 Once the desired PTY is displayed press and hold either SCAN arrow and the radio begins scanning the stations in the PTY 4 Press either SCAN arrow to stop at a station If both PTY and TRAF are on the radio scans for stations with the selected PTY and traffic announcements 202 Alternate Frequency Alternate frequency allows the radio to switch to a stronger FM station with the same program type To turn alternate frequency on press and hold AM FM for two seconds AF ON displays The radio can switch to FM stations with a stronger frequency To turn alternate frequency off press and hold AM FM again for two seconds AF OFF displays The radio does not switch to stronger FM stations Setting Preset PTYs These pushbuttons have factory PTY presets Up to 12 PTYs six FM1 and six FM2 can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Press AM FM to select FM1 or FM2 2 Press the P TYPE button to activate program type select mode P TYPE and the last selected PTY displays 3 Turn the P TYPE knob to select a PTY 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that numbered pushbutton is pressed the PTY that was set returns 5 Repeat the
341. to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 11 A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you Ina crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either Ina crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down Head Restraints The rear seats may have head restraints that can be adjusted in height like the front head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 13 Passenger Folding Seatback A CAUTION If you fold the seatback forward to carry longer objects such as skis be
342. to a level place Turn on your hazard warning flashers A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transaxle shift lever in PARK P or shift a manual transaxle to FIRST 1 or REVERSE R Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When you have a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS se The following information will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire 343 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The jack wheel wrench jack handle and spare tire are stowed in the rear of the vehicle underneath the floor of the cargo area To remove the spare tire and tools do the following 1 Turn the two lock knobs on the floor of the cargo area to UNLOCK 344 2 Lift up the cargo area floor panel remove the hook at
343. to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged 251 You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the e
344. to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 313 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service 314 Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered
345. traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balanc
346. ty Light See Content Theft Deterrent on page 100 Storage Compartment See nstrument Panel Storage Area on page 127 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever and Exterior Lamp Stalk See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 139 and Exterior Lamps on page 146 Hood Release See Hood Release on page 280 Tilt Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 139 Horn See Horn on page 138 Cruise Control Lever Option See Cruise Control on page 143 Ignition Switch See Ignition Positions on page 103 137 V Windshield Wiper Lever See Windshield Wipers on page 141 W Cigarette Lighter or Accessory Power Outlet See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 151 or Accessory Power Outlet s on page 150 X Shift Lever See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 108 or Manual Transaxle Operation on page 111 Y Power Outlet See Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Current on page 151 Z Parking Brake See Parking Brake on page 114 AA Center Console Storage Area See Center Console Storage Area on page 127 AB Glove Box See Glove Box on page 127 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off 138 The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not
347. u will now cruise at the higher speed e Move the cruise lever up to RES Hold it there until you get up to the speed desired and then release the lever e To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts move the lever to RES briefly and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control e Push and hold the lever to SET until you reach the lower speed desired then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the lever down briefly Each time this is done the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down Of course applying the brake or downshifting to SECOND 2 or LOW L turns off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills
348. uding the ventilation fan and 115 volt power outlet and to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC or On position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON for normal driving When the engine is not running ACC and ON allow you to operate some of your electrical accessories A warning tone will sound if you open the drivers door when the ignition is still in ACC or LOCK and the key is in the ignition 104 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transaxle Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Starting the Engine Place the transaxle in the proper gear Automatic Transaxle Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any ot
349. up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press and hold the LOAD button for two seconds A beep sounds and the indicator light located to the right of the slot begins to flash 3 Once the light stops flashing and turns green load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in Once the CD is loaded the light begins flashing again Once the light stops flashing and turns green you can load another CD The CD player takes up to six CDs Do not try to load more than six To load more than one CD but less than six complete Steps 1 through 3 When finished loading CDs the radio begins to play the last CD loaded If more than one CD has been loaded a number for each CD displays Playing a Specific Loaded CD For every CD loaded a number appears on the display To play a specific CD first press the CD AUX button then press the numbered pushbutton that corresponds to the CD A small bar appears under the CD number that is playing and the track number displays If an error appears on the display see CD Messages later in this section LOAD CD A Eject Press the CD eject side of this button to eject a CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button To eject multiple CDs press and hold this button for two seconds A beep sounds and the indicator light flashes while a CD is being
350. upper limit for cold tires You ll find these numbers on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar 264 See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow Don t let the steel in a hitch contact the aluminum on your bumper If you do the two will corrode You can use something like paint or plastic tape to separate the steel and aluminum The same steel to aluminum problem can happen with fasteners too Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 119 Dirt and water can too Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturers recommendatio
351. ur body to be sure the seat is locked in place Driver Seat Height Adjuster The driver seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the seat To raise the seat pull up on the lever repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height To lower the seat push down on the lever repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height It is easier to use the adjuster when the seat is unoccupied Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving The seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return
352. ure suddenly drops due to a tire bursting or other causes e The vehicle is driven on a slippery road surface such as rough or frozen roads e The vehicle speed is less than 19 mph 30 km h and the driving duration is less than five minutes The tires are made by a different manufacturer or differ in tread pattern than the original equipment tires e Rapid acceleration deceleration or multiple consecutive sharp turns e Towing a trailer e The vehicle is loaded over the limit or not balanced properly e The initialization reset procedure was not performed correctly after replacing or rotating tires or wheels e The outside temperature is below 32 F 0 C or above 104 F 40 C Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 335 and Wheel Replacement on page 340 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Part A Scheduled Maintenance Services on page 376 for scheduled rotation intervals 333 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Tires should only be moved from front to rear and rear to front on the same side of the v
353. urn off repeat play e To repeat the CD you are listening to press and hold the RPT button for two seconds RPT displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play RDM Random With the random setting the tracks can be listened to in random order rather than sequential order on one CD or on all of the CDs To use random do one of the following e To play the tracks on the CD in random order press and release the RDM button RANDOM ONE displays Press RDM again to turn off random play e To play the tracks on all of the CDs that are loaded in random order press and hold RDM for more than two seconds A beep sounds and RANDOM ALL displays Press RDM again to turn off random play AUTO EQ Automatic Equalization Press AUTO EQ to select the equalization setting while playing a CD The equalization is stored whenever a CD is played For more information on AUTO EQ see AUTO EQ listed previously in this section K SEEK gt Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed more than once the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD K SCAN gt To scan one CD press and hold either SCAN arrow for more than two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to the next track plays for 10 seconds then goes to the next track Press either SCAN arrow
354. us will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 24 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the drivers safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 33 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the buc
355. use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads 143 Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the ON OFF button at the end of the cruise control lever The CRUISE light on the instrument panel cluster comes on See Cruise Control Light on page 174 for more information 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Move the lever down to SET and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 144 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This shuts off cruise control But you do not need to reset it If the vehicle speed is 25 mph 40 km h or greater push the lever up to RES Resume Accelerate The vehicle returns to the previously set speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are three ways to go to a higher speed e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Move the lever down to SET Release the lever and the accelerator pedal Yo
356. used Automatic Headlamp System Your vehicle has an automatic light sensor on the top left corner of the instrument panel so be sure it is not covered or the headlamps will be on continuously When it is dark enough outside the automatic headlamp system will turn on the low beam headlamps at the normal brightness along with other lamps such as the taillamps sidemarker parking lamps and instrument panel lights This is indicated by the headlamp symbol on your instrument panel cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 159 147 If you are driving through a parking garage overcast weather or a tunnel the automatic headlamp system may turn on the low beam headlamps at a normal brightness along with the taillamps sidemarker parking lamps and the instrument panel lights The radio lights will be dimmer and the instrument panel cluster lights may dim There will be a delay before the lights will turn on when starting the car at night Fog Lamps 40 Fog Lamps Turn the band on the turn signal multifunction lever to the fog lamp symbol to turn the fog lamps on They will come on only when the headlamps are on low beam Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps 148 Instrument Panel Brightness The instrument panel brightness control is located to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel Turn the wheel on the left of the control up or down to incr
357. ush the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down squeeze the button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the height adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without squeezing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 31 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 32 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fet
358. ut 27 mph 43 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 29 mph 47 km h or more push your accelerator pedal all the way down You will shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transaxle in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 237 SECOND 2 This position reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on 110 LOW L This position reduces vehicle speed even more than SECOND 2 without using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transaxle will not shift into low gear until the vehicle is going slow enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Overdrive Off Vehicles with an automatic transaxle have an O D overdrive off button located on the left side of the shift lever When you turn on your vehicle overdrive will automatically come on until you turn it off Press the O D button to turn overdrive off or on A light on the instrument pan
359. val and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 361 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage FE Removes swirl marks fine Description Usage Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light Polishing Cloth surface contamination Wax Treated polishing cloth Removes light scratches Tar and Road Removes tar road oil and and protects finish Oil Remover asphalt A i Cleans shines and Chrome Cleaner Use on chro
360. vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight Certification Label MFD BY NEW UNITED MOTOR MANUFACTURING INC 01 02 G LB GAWR FR LB RR LB THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE PA qOOOO00 SS CAR Label Example A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the center pillar near the driver s door latch It tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your ve
361. ween the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 329 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 253 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehi
362. weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in appropriate child restraints in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 43 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the for the child s body with the harness and also infant The harness system holds the infant sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped in place and in a crash acts to
363. when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 166 What to Add Notice When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed brake system parts For example just a container only See Part D Recommended Fluids few drops of mineral based oil such and Lubricants on page 394 as engine oil in the brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can Z CAUTION be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it i 3 sale off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake on page 358 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir system the brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 307 Brake Wear Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sou
364. windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They may not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply the brake pedal lightly until the brakes work normally 240 Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher sp
365. witch to lock all the doors Press the bottom of the switch to unlock all the doors Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle is equipped with rear door security locks that help prevent passengers from opening the rear doors on your vehicle from the inside The security locks are located on the inside of the rear door trim To use these locks do the following 1 Slide the lever down 2 Close the door 3 Do the same thing to the other rear door lock The rear doors on your vehicle cannot be opened from the inside when this feature is in use To open a rear door with the security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door from the inside 2 Then open the door from the outside If you don t cancel the security lock feature adults and older children who ride in the rear won t be able to open the rear door from the inside You should let adults and older children know how these security locks work and how to cancel the locks 95 To cancel the rear door security lock do the Liftgate Liftglass following 1 Unlock the door from the inside and open the door from the outside Z CAUTION 2 Slide the lever up 3 Do the same for the other rear door It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate or liftglass open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring
366. xle Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in ON See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 108 If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever push the shift lever all the way into PARK P and release the shift lever button as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish Shift Lock Release If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still cannot shift out of PARK P try this 1 Turn the ignition to LOCK Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Carefully pry the cover from the shift lock override located to the right of the shift lever 3 Insert the end of a flat tipped tool into the round slot and press down firmly 4 While maintaining brake application move the shift lever into the drive gear you want 5 Have the vehicle fixed as soon as possible 117 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle Before you get out of your vehicle move the shift lever into REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake Once the shift lever has been placed into REVERSE R with the clutch pedal pressed in you can turn the ignition key to LOCK remove the key and release the clutch If you are parking on a hill or if your vehicle is pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 261 Evapo
367. xtremely stable power supply microcomputer controlled electric blankets touch sensor lamps etc Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray To use the lighter if your vehicle has one push the lighter in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself If the engine is not running the key must be in ACC to use the lighter 151 It is not recommended to use the cigarette lighter to plug in auxiliary electrical equipment Use the accessory power outlet for phones and other electrical equipment See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 150 or Power Outlet 115 Volt Alternating Current on page 151 Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Your vehicle may have a removable ashtray that sits in your front cupholder in the center console storage area 152 Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for your vehicle S amp Fan Turn the center knob away from OFF to turn the system on Turn t
368. y belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 37 or Infants and Young Children on page 40 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position 23 Driver Position The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens Lap Shoulder Belt let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly The dri h lap shoulder belt Here is how to sake ladede a bes less 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it wear it properly clicks i ule Bn oes Cool i i Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To secure If the belt is not long enough see how see Seats in the Index see Safety Belt Extender on page 36 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment on page 31 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted 24 6 To make the lap part tig
369. y conditions Replace filter if necessary 10 000 Miles 16 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 377 15 000 Miles 24 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary Q Inspect passenger compartment air filter 20 000 Miles 32 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pattern and additional information See footnote Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions Replace filter if necessary 378 25 000 Miles 40 000 km Q Change engine oil and filter or every 3 months whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service Q Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 333 for proper rotation pat
370. y is inserted and turned on the inside rear view mirror always turns on in the automatic function mode An indicator light located on the mirror will come on to show you that the function is on When the inside air temperature is low it may take a little longer for the mirror to darken in response to the detection of headlights Press the button in the center of the mirror to turn this feature on or off One photocell on the front of the mirror senses when it is becoming dark outside Another photocell facing rearward senses headlamps behind you To keep the photocells operating well occasionally clean them with a cotton swab and glass cleaner 122 Outside Remote Control Mirrors Your vehicle has outside power adjustable mirrors The controls are located to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel MIRROR To adjust either mirror push the button labeled L left or R right Use the arrows on the control pad to adjust the direction of the mirror Once both mirrors have been adjusted move the selector switch back to the center This prevents the mirrors from being moved once they have been adjusted Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passe
371. y other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 355 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean whit
372. ying If a CD is playing play stops during the announcement Alert announcements cannot be turned off ALERT is not affected by tests of the emergency broadcast system This feature is not supported by all RDS stations INFO Information If the current station has a message INFO displays Press this button to see the message The message can display the artist song title call in phone numbers etc If the entire message is not displayed parts of the message displays every three seconds To scroll through the message press and release the INFO button A new group of words displays after every press of the button Once the complete message displays INFO disappears from the display until another new message is received The last message can be displayed by pressing the INFO button The last message is shown until a new message is received or you tune to a different station TRAF Traffic If TRAF displays the tuned station broadcasts traffic announcements Press this button to receive the traffic announcement from the station TRAF inside brackets displays When a traffic announcement broadcasts on the tuned radio station you will hear it If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements press the TRAF button and the radio seeks to a station that does When a station that broadcasts traffic announcements is found the radio stops seeking and TRAF inside brackets displays If no station is found that broadcasts tra
373. your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about three years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter 91 To replace the battery do the following Doors and Locks 1 Insert a small coin or similar object to separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter Door Locks 2 Remove the battery and replace it with the new one Make sure the positive side of the Z CAUTION battery faces upward For battery replacement use a three volt battery type CR2032 or equivalent 3 Snap the transmitter back together tightly to be sure no moisture can enter Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive CAUTION Continued 92 CAUTION

GM Owner Manuals - Generation Vibe

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents